Operators Manual

Konami Gaming, Inc.

585 Trade Center Drive
Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720
Phone: 866.KGI.SLOT
Fax: 702.361.9020 P/N 810057
1-1
1-2
 ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION OPERATORS MANUAL

DOCUMENT REVISION HISTORY

EC REVISION DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE DATE APPROVED
INITIAL DRAFT 9-21-09 RLJ
4165 A RELEASE FOR PRODUCTION 10-5-09 RLJ
4244 B ADDED NEW PAGE 2-10 11-3-09 RLJ

P/N 810057 History-1 © 2009

 ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION OPERATORS MANUAL

P/N 810057 History-2 © 2009

 ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION OPERATORS MANUAL

TABLE of CONTENTS
Setting the Hopper Level Probe ...............................2-5
SECTION 1 Coin Acceptor Sample Coin .....................................2-5
Option the Bill Acceptor (Factory Preset) .................2-5
Introduction Startup .......................................................................2-6
Radio Interference .....................................................1-1 Inspection of the Cabinet .........................................2-6
Overview....................................................................1-1 Inspection of the Use Environment ..........................2-6
Section 1 - Introduction ............................................1-1 Inspection After Connecting the AC Plug
Section 2 - Set Up & Operation................................1-1 to the Receptacle .....................................................2-6
Section 3 - Parts, Assemblies & Hardware .............1-1 Turning On the Power Switch ..................................2-6
Section 4 - Troubleshooting .....................................1-1 Game Initialization Procedure (RAM Clear) ..............2-6
Section 5 - Preventative Maintenance .....................1-1 Procedure for RAM Clearing ....................................2-6
Section 6 - Wiring Diagrams ....................................1-1 RAM Clear ...............................................................2-6
Section 7 - Glossary & Index ...................................1-1 Set Up Continuation .................................................2-7
Section 8 - Appendix ................................................1-1 Setup Menu..............................................................2-7
Features ....................................................................1-2 Game Configuration Complete ................................2-7
Hardware Features ....................................................1-2 Starting Up (Normally) .............................................2-7
Hardware Options......................................................1-2 KMS Mode ...............................................................2-7
Terminology ...............................................................1-3 Returning from the KMS mode ................................2-7
Notices.......................................................................1-3 KMS Menu ...............................................................2-8
Operation .................................................................2-8
Customer Support .....................................................1-3
Game Screen ...........................................................2-8
Warranty and RMA Process .....................................1-3
(A) CREDIT, BET AND WIN AREA ..................2-8
Warranty Policy ................................................1-3
(B) GAME AREA ..............................................2-8
RMA Process ...........................................................1-3
(C) HELP BUTTON AND DENOM. BUTTON
RMA Tag ....................................................................1-3 AREA ...............................................................2-8
Shipping Charges ......................................................1-4 Select Denomination ................................................2-8
Serial Number Plate Location ....................................1-4 Help and Pay Table ..................................................2-8
Serial Number Plate ..................................................1-4 Refilling Hopper .......................................................2-8
Serial Number Plate on Main Cabinet .......................1-4 Collecting Bills..........................................................2-8
Collecting Coins .......................................................2-8
Player/Operator Interface ..........................................2-9
CHANGE Button ......................................................2-9
SECTION 2 CASHOUT Button ....................................................2-9
SELECT NUMBER OF LINES Buttons ....................2-9
Set-Up & Operation SELECT BET PER LINE Buttons ............................2-9
Overview....................................................................2-1 BET MAX Button ......................................................2-9
Physical Specifications ..............................................2-1 SPIN Button .............................................................2-9
Cabinet Specifications .............................................2-1 Bill/Ticket Entry ........................................................2-9
Environmental Specifications ....................................2-1 Coin/Token Entry......................................................2-9
Unpack and Inspect .................................................2-1 Ticket Chute .............................................................2-9
Installing the Candle ................................................2-2 22" LCD w/Touchscreen ..........................................2-9
Candle Pin Assignment ............................................2-2 MULTI DENOM Button.............................................2-9
Stand Drill Guide ......................................................2-2 Audit Mode ............................................................. 2-11
Drop Box Switch ......................................................2-2 How to Enter and Exit Audit Mode ................. 2-11
Check Drop Switch Operation..................................2-2 KMS Mode Operation Precaution ............................2-10
Slot Accounting System ...........................................2-3
Overview ..........................................................2-3 KONAMI Maintenance System (KMS) Main Menu .. 2-11
Connections .....................................................2-3 KMS Menu ............................................................. 2-11
Fiber Optic Interface ................................................2-3 Audit Meters ........................................................... 2-11
Cabinet Installation ....................................................2-3 Audit Meters Select ................................................ 2-11
Initialization ..............................................................2-3 Audit Meters-General-1.......................................... 2-11
Serial Number Plate .................................................2-3 Audit Meters-General-2..........................................2-12
Using The Serial Number Plate ...............................2-3 Audit Meters-General-2..........................................2-12
Referring To The Stamped Serial Number ...............2-4 Audit Meters-Bill/Tickets ........................................2-13
Opening and Closing the Doors ..............................2-4 Audit Meters-Bill/Tickets ........................................2-13
Main Door ........................................................2-4 Audit Meters-Cashless/Bonusing 1 ........................2-13
Sub-Door (Belly Door)......................................2-4 Audit Meters-Cashless Bonusing 1 ........................2-14
Bill Validator Door ............................................2-4 Audit Meters-Cashless/Bonusing 2 ........................2-14
Reel and LCD Doors ........................................2-5 Audit Meters-Cashless Bonusing 2 ........................2-14
Logic Unit Door ................................................2-5 Game Meters Selection .........................................2-15

P/N 810057 toc-i © 2009

 ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION OPERATORS MANUAL
Game Meters-General ...........................................2-15 Communication Setup Selection ............................2-32
Game Meters-1, 2, 3, 4 ..........................................2-16 Communications Channel Setup Selection............2-32
Game Meters-5 ......................................................2-16 Communication Channel Setup .............................2-32
Game Meters-6, 7, 8 ..............................................2-16 Communications Channel Address Setup .............2-33
Logs Selection .......................................................2-17 Controller Setup Selection .....................................2-33
Logs-Bill In .............................................................2-17 Controller Setup Machine Control ..........................2-33
Logs-Ticket In ........................................................2-18 Controller Setup EFT/AFT Control .........................2-34
Logs-Ticket Out ......................................................2-18 Settings SAS Protocol Selection ............................2-34
Logs-Jackpot..........................................................2-18 Remote Handpay Disable ......................................2-34
Logs-Progressive ...................................................2-18 Remote Handpay Enable .......................................2-34
Logs-Cancelled Credit Handpay ............................2-19 Validation Setup Selection .....................................2-35
Logs-AFT Transaction............................................2-19 Validation Setup Menu ...........................................2-35
Logs-EFT Transaction............................................2-19 Validation Mode Setup ...........................................2-35
Logs-System Bonus ...............................................2-19 Cashble Voucher Expiration...................................2-36
Logs-System Bonus ...............................................2-20 Location Setup .......................................................2-36
Event Selection ......................................................2-20 Cashless Transfer Setup Selection ........................2-36
Event Meter............................................................2-20 Cashless Transfer Setup........................................2-36
Event Logs .............................................................2-20 Progressive Setup Selection ..................................2-37
Game Recall Selection ..........................................2-21 Progressive Setup..................................................2-37
Game Recall Data..................................................2-21 Progressive Controller Setup .................................2-38
Game Recall .........................................................2-21 Progressive Controller Level 1 ...............................2-38
Setup Selection ......................................................2-21 Sound Setup Selection ..........................................2-38
KMS Setup Menu ...................................................2-22 Sound Setup ..........................................................2-39
Machine Number Selection ....................................2-22 Setting Sound Level ...............................................2-39
Setting Machine Number and Asset Number .........2-22 Game Common Selection ......................................2-39
Machine Number Setting .......................................2-22 Credit Intervention Setup .......................................2-39
Machine Number Entry ..........................................2-23 Attract Time Setup .................................................2-40
Asset Number Setting ............................................2-23 Pay Table Setup Selection .....................................2-40
Asset Number Entry ...............................................2-23 Paytable Setup.......................................................2-40
Clock Setup Selection ............................................2-23 Denomination Setup Selection...............................2-40
Clock Setting ..........................................................2-24 Denomination Setup ..............................................2-41
Year Entry .............................................................2-24 Denomination Setup Settings ................................2-41
Credit Setup Selection ...........................................2-24 Stand Alone Progressive Bonus Selection.............2-41
Setting Credit Options ...........................................2-24 Stand Alone Progressive Setup .............................2-41
Setting Credit Limit.................................................2-25 Diagnostic Selection ..............................................2-41
Setting Jackpot Limit ..............................................2-25 Diagnostics ............................................................2-42
Setting Primary Hopper Limit .................................2-24 Touch Panel Selection ...........................................2-42
Setting Secondary Hopper Limit ............................2-25 Touch Test Selection ..............................................2-42
Setting Jackpot Reset Limit ...................................2-26 Touch Test Screen .................................................2-42
Setting Ticket Limit .................................................2-26 Touch Screen Calibration Selection .......................2-43
Setting Machine Cashout Limit ..............................2-26 Touch Screen Calibration .......................................2-43
Setting Mystery Jackpot Threshold ........................2-27 Touch Screen Touch ..............................................2-43
Setting Jackpot Reset to Credit Meter (Disable) ....2-27 Button Selection .....................................................2-43
Setting Jackpot Reset to Credit Meter (Enable).....2-27 Button Settings.......................................................2-43
Setting Partial Pay (Not Allow) ...............................2-27 Door Selection .......................................................2-44
Setting Partial Pay (Allow) .....................................2-28 Diagnostic Door Settings .......................................2-44
Setting Residual Credits (Handpay).......................2-28 Out Port Selection ..................................................2-44
Setting Residual Credits (Gamble) ........................2-28 Out Port Settings....................................................2-44
Setting Auto Cashout (Disable) ..............................2-28 Coin Acceptor Selection .........................................2-45
Setting Auto Cashout (Enable)...............................2-29 Coin Acceptor Settings...........................................2-45
Setting Cash Devices Setup Options .....................2-29 Coin Hopper Selection ...........................................2-45
Cash Devices Setup ..............................................2-29 Coin Hopper Settings .............................................2-45
Setting Bill Validator Type ......................................2-30 Thermometer Selection..........................................2-46
Setting Bill Validator Bill Acceptance, Stacker Full, Thermometer Data ................................................2-46
Printer, Coin Acceptor, Hopper and Bill Acceptor Selection ...........................................2-46
Ticket Out Sound ...................................................2-30 Bill Acceptor Settings .............................................2-46
Setting Ticket Title Strings......................................2-30 Printer Selection.....................................................2-47
Setting Demo Barcode Scanable ...........................2-30 Printer Settings ......................................................2-47
Security Setup Selection ........................................2-30 Sound Selection .....................................................2-47
Security Setup 1.....................................................2-31 Sound Settings.......................................................2-47
Setting Electro-Mechanical Meters On/Off.............2-31 Screen Selection ....................................................2-48
Security Setup 2.....................................................2-31 Screen Selection ....................................................2-48
Setting Drop Door and Fill Door OFF/ON ..............2-31 Screen Test 1 .........................................................2-48

P/N 810057 toc-ii © 2009

 ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION OPERATORS MANUAL
Screen Test 2 .........................................................2-48 Bill Validator .............................................................3-7
Top Box LCD Secondary Screen ...........................2-49 Removal ...........................................................3-7
Lower LCDs Screen ...............................................2-49 Installation ........................................................3-7
Communication Selection ......................................2-49 Logic Unit .................................................................3-8
Diagnostics-Communication ..................................2-49 Removal ...........................................................3-8
Game Selection .....................................................2-50 Installation ........................................................3-8
Game Menu ...........................................................2-50 Main Processing Unit ...............................................3-8
Machine ID Selection .............................................2-50 Removal ...........................................................3-8
Machine ID Data ....................................................2-50 Installation ........................................................3-8
Out of Service Selection ........................................2-51 Backplane Board......................................................3-8
Out Of Service Display...........................................2-51 Removal ...........................................................3-8
KMS Menu .............................................................2-51 Installation ........................................................3-8
Removal ...........................................................3-8
Installation ........................................................3-8
Belly Glass ..............................................................3-9
SECTION 3 Removal ...........................................................3-9
Installation ........................................................3-9
PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & Power Distribution Assembly ...................................3-9
Removal ...........................................................3-9
HARDWARE Installation ........................................................3-9
Overview....................................................................3-1 Player Tracking Panel ..............................................3-9
Required Tools...........................................................3-1 Removal ...........................................................3-9
Commonly-Used Hardware .......................................3-2 Installation ........................................................3-9
Hardware Employed ..................................................3-2 Speakers ..................................................................3-9
Removal ...........................................................3-9
Functional Overview .................................................3-2
Installation ................................................................3-9
Parts Removal ...........................................................3-3 LCD Assembly .......................................................3-10
Parts Installation ........................................................3-3 Removal .........................................................3-10
Locks-Hardware, Removal and Installation ...............3-3 Installation ......................................................3-10
Lock Hardware ........................................................3-3 Meter Assembly .....................................................3-10
Lock Cams ..............................................................3-3 Removal .........................................................3-10
Lock Dimensions.....................................................3-3 Installation ......................................................3-10
Main Door Lock ........................................................3-3 Motor and Reel Case .............................................3-10
Logic Unit Door Lock ...............................................3-4 Removal .........................................................3-10
Belly Door Lock ........................................................3-4 Installation ...................................................... 3-11
Bill Validator Door Lock ............................................3-4 Motor Assembly Maintenance ................................ 3-11
Display Door Lock ....................................................3-5 Reel Assembly ....................................................... 3-11
Switches-Removal and Installation............................3-5 Removal ......................................................... 3-11
Main Door Switch .....................................................3-5 Installation ......................................................3-12
Removal ...........................................................3-5 Reel Assembly Maintenance..................................3-12
Installation ........................................................3-5 12" LCD .................................................................3-12
Top Box Door Switch................................................3-5 Removal .........................................................3-12
Removal ...........................................................3-5 Installation ......................................................3-13
Installation ........................................................3-5 Wheel LED PCB ....................................................3-13
Belly Door Switch .....................................................3-6 Removal .........................................................3-13
Removal ...........................................................3-6 Installation ......................................................3-13
Installation ........................................................3-6 Assemblies-Illustrated Parts Breakdowns ...............3-14
Switch Wiring ...................................................3-6 P/N 810053 Main Machine Assembly ....................3-14
Logic Unit Switch .....................................................3-6 P/N 330807 Assembly, Main Cabinet.....................3-15
Removal ...........................................................3-6 P/N 330732 Assembly, Main Door .........................3-17
Installation ........................................................3-6 P/N 330789 Assembly, Top Box .............................3-19
Key-switch................................................................3-6 P/N 330790 Assembly, Cabinet, Top Box ..............3-20
Removal ...........................................................3-6 P/N 330791 Assembly, Door, Bottom .....................3-21
Installation ........................................................3-6 P/N 330792 Assembly, Door, Top ..........................3-22
Bill Validator Switch .................................................3-7 P/N 330796 Assembly, Speaker ...........................3-22
Removal ...........................................................3-7 P/N 330793 Assembly, Sensor DSR ......................3-22
Installation ........................................................3-7 P/N 310293 Assembly, Motor ................................3-23
Assemblies-Removal and Installation........................3-7 P/N 330803 Assembly, LCD, Top Box ....................3-23
Hopper .....................................................................3-7 P/N 330794 Assembly, Reel Case ........................3-24
Removal ...........................................................3-7 P/N 330799 Assembly, Base, Reel Case ..............3-24
Installation ........................................................3-7 P/N 330800 Assembly, Panel, Light ......................3-25
Power Supply ...........................................................3-7 P/N 330801 Assembly, LCD, Twin ........................3-25
Removal ...........................................................3-7 P/N 330802 Assembly, Light Panel, Reel .............3-25
Installation ........................................................3-7

P/N 810057 toc-iii © 2009

 ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION OPERATORS MANUAL
P/N 330745 Assembly, BV/Printer Bezel ...............3-26
P/N 330706 Assembly, Belly Door .........................3-26
SECTION 4
P/N 310287 Assembly, Power Supply....................3-26
P/N 330099 Assembly, BV Door Switch.................3-26
Troubleshooting
P/N 330705 Assembly, Logo, Belly Door .............3-27 Troubleshooting Charts .............................................4-1
P/N 330713 Assembly, CPU (Logic Unit) Housing.3-27 General Information .................................................4-1
P/N 330698 Assembly, HSG, BV, JCM ..................3-28 Door Security ...........................................................4-1
P/N 330699 Assembly, HSG, BV, MEI, Handpay...................................................................4-2
Cashflow SCM .......................................................3-28 Coin Acceptor/Divertor .............................................4-2
P/N 330838 Assembly, HSG, BV, MEI, Hopper .....................................................................4-2
Cashflow SC ..........................................................3-28 Bill Validator .............................................................4-2
P/N 330714 Assembly, Power Control Panel Printer ......................................................................4-3
(US/Canada) ..........................................................3-29 Touchscreen.............................................................4-3
P/N 330762 Assembly, Power Control Panel Control Panel ...........................................................4-3
(International) .........................................................3-29 Electro-Mechanical Counter.....................................4-3
P/N 330700 Assembly, PTR Mtg Bkt .....................3-30 Battery......................................................................4-3
P/N 330728 Assembly, Pnl, 15 Btn ........................3-30 Real Time Clock .......................................................4-3
P/N 330744 Assembly, Pnl, 9 Btn ..........................3-30 EPROM ....................................................................4-4
P/N 330764 Assembly, PTR, Future Logic Gen 2 ..3-30 VSU..........................................................................4-4
P/N 330765 Assembly, PTR, Ithaca 950 ................3-30 Thermometer ...........................................................4-4
P/N 330766 Assembly, PTR, Paycheck 3 .............3-30 Communication ........................................................4-4
P/N 330703 Assembly, Coin Panel ........................3-31 Self Test on Boot Up ................................................4-4
P/N 330003 Assembly, Meter.................................3-31 Reel Case Assembly (Reel Unit)..............................4-5
P/N 330304 Assembly, Coin Handling ...................3-31 Light Guide Plate .....................................................4-5
P/N 530218 Assembly, LCD, Touch Screen, 19” ...3-32 Self Test On Run Time .............................................4-5
P/N 310182 Assembly, Bill Validator Self Diagnostic On Boot Up .....................................4-6
(UBA10 Standard)..................................................3-32 CPU Exception.........................................................4-7
P/N 310183 Assembly, Bill Validator Suspended Operation................................................4-7
(UBA10 ICB) ........................................................3-32 Jackpot Reset ..........................................................4-7
P/N 310188 Assembly, Bill Validator Attendant Pay ..........................................................4-7
(UBA11 Standard) ..................................................3-32 Error Message in Display .................................4-7
P/N 310189 Assembly, Bill Validator Coin Jamming............................................................4-7
(UBA11 ICB) ..........................................................3-32 When the Coins are Jammed in the
P/N 310092 Assembly, Bill Validator Coin Acceptor:..........................................................4-7
(Mars SC6607).......................................................3-32 When the Coins are Jammed in the
P/N 310205 Assembly, Bill Validator Coin Track Unit: .......................................................4-7
(Mars Cashflow w/EZ Trax)....................................3-32 Installing a Sample Coin (Coin Mech) ......................4-8
P/N 310275 Assembly, Bill Validator Adjusting the Coin Comparitor (Coin Mech) ..............4-8
(Mars SC8307).......................................................3-32 Coin Learn Procedure (IDX) ......................................4-8
P/N 310288 Assembly, Bill Validator (Mars, SC- Teach and Run Procedure (Condor)..........................4-8
M6607YE, 1000 Note) ...........................................3-32
P/N 310234 Assembly, Hopper LP, Side Eject,
Quarter ...................................................................3-32
P/N 330760 Assembly, Optic Sensor, Cab Side ....3-32
P/N 330761 Assembly, Optic Sensor, Door Side ...3-32
SECTION 5
P/N 630004 Assembly, Signal Tower, Two-Tier,
Chrome (Tall) .......................................................3-33
Preventive Maintenance
Overview....................................................................5-1
P/N 630007 Assembly, Signal Tower, Two-Tier, Hopper .....................................................................5-1
Chrome (Short) ....................................................3-33 Overview ..........................................................5-1
P/N 630015 Assembly, Signal Tower, Two-Tier, Removal ...........................................................5-1
Gold (Tall) .............................................................3-33 Inspection (90 Day Interval) .............................5-1
P/N 630016 Assembly, Signal Tower, Two-Tier, Cleaning (90 Day Interval) ...............................5-1
Gold (Short) .........................................................3-33 Lubrication .......................................................5-1
P/N 630025 Assembly, Signal Tower, Three-Tier, Adjust Hopper Knife (180 Day Interval) ...........5-2
Chrome (Short) ....................................................3-33 Adjust Hopper Coin Out Sensor
P/N 630026 Assembly, Signal Tower, Three-Tier, (180 Day Interval) ............................................5-2
Gold (Short) .........................................................3-33 Set Hopper Coin-Level Probe Circuit
(As Required) ...................................................5-2
Coin Acceptor...........................................................5-2
Overview ..........................................................5-2
Removal ...........................................................5-2
Inspection (90 Day Interval) .............................5-2
Coin Diverter ............................................................5-2

P/N 810057 toc-iv © 2009

 ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION OPERATORS MANUAL
Overview ..........................................................5-2
Inspection (90 Day Interval) .............................5-2
Bill Acceptor .............................................................5-3
Overview ..........................................................5-3
Inspection (90 Day Interval) .............................5-3
Removing/Opening the Validator Head & \
Transport Unit ..........................................................5-3
Validator Module ......................................................5-3
LCD Assembly .........................................................5-3
Overview ..........................................................5-3
Inspection (90 Day Interval) .............................5-3
Cleaning (90 Day Interval) ...............................5-3
LCD Controls (Overview) .................................5-4
OSD Adjustment ..............................................5-4
Calibrate Touch Screen (180 Day Interval) ......5-4
MPU Assembly.........................................................5-4
Overview ..........................................................5-4
Cleaning (180 Day Interval) .............................5-4
Cabinet.....................................................................5-4
Inspection (90 Day Interval) .............................5-4
Buttons .....................................................................5-4
Overview ..........................................................5-4
Inspection (90 Day Interval) .............................5-4
Reel Case Motor Assembly Maintenance ................5-5
Reel Assembly Maintenance....................................5-5
System Batteries ......................................................5-5
Overview ..........................................................5-5
Removal ...........................................................5-5
Installation ........................................................5-5

SECTION 6
Wiring Diagrams
Sheet 1 ......................................................................6-2
Sheet 2 ......................................................................6-3

SECTION 7
Glossary & Index
Overview....................................................................7-1
Glossary ....................................................................7-1
Index ..........................................................................7-4

SECTION 8
Appendix
Overview....................................................................8-1
Electrical Components .............................................8-1
Fuses .......................................................................8-1
Calibration Paper .....................................................8-1
PCBs ........................................................................8-1
Board Components ..................................................8-2
PCB, K3-IFB, BACKPLANE .............................8-2
PCB, KS, MPU .................................................8-2

P/N 810057 toc-v © 2009

 ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION OPERATORS MANUAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

P/N 810057 toc-vi © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION

SECTION 1
Introduction
Document Part Number: 810057 Radio Interference
Date of Publication: 09/21/2009 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two (2) conditions: This device may
NOT cause harmful interference and this device must accept any
interference received including interference that may cause undesired
operation. Improper installation or maintenance may result in radio
interference.

Overview
This manual is for operators, technicians and Konami Gaming,
Inc. service personnel. It provides useful information for operating the
Konami Gaming, Inc. ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION to aid in the set
up, operation and maintenance of the machine. It provides required
information such as an introduction to the equipment, operation,
handling errors, troubleshooting tables and maintenance. This manual
Operators Manual describes the following items:

Section 1 - Introduction
This manual is subject to revision.
Section 1 contains general machine information, contact
Konami Gaming, Inc. distributes all revisions.
information, a description of manual content, and a general list of
© 2009 Konami Gaming, Inc.
features.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Reproduction in whole or part of this manual by photographic, elec-
Section 2 - Set Up & Operation
tronic or any other form of recording is prohibited by law. This manual
Section 2 contains installation, set up and operational informa-
may not be transmitted or copied for public or private use without the
tion for use in installing, configuring and optioning a machine in the
express consent of Konami Gaming, Inc.
field.
For permission write:
Section 3 - Parts, Assemblies & Hardware
Konami Gaming, Inc.
Section 3 describes machine components, the removal and
585 Trade Center Drive,
installation of these components, and an illustrated parts manual.
Las Vegas, NV 89119-3270
Section 4 - Troubleshooting
Customer Service & RMA Information,
Section 4 contains the troubleshooting tables necessary to
Installation & Field Service, call:
diagnose and repair errors or malfunctions.
Phone: 866.KGI.SLOT
Fax: 702.361.9020
Section 5 - Preventative Maintenance
Section 5 lists the maintenance required to keep the ma-
Domestic Sales, call:
chine error free and performing as designed.
Phone: 866.KGI.INFO
Fax: 702.952.1596
Section 6 - Wiring Diagrams
Section 6 contains the overall system wiring diagram for the
components in the machine.

Section 7 - Glossary & Index

Section 7 contains reference to technical terminology used
in this document.
Section 8 - Appendix
Section 8 contains consumable parts lists.

P/N 810057 1-1 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION

Features Hardware Features

▪ Unique Rotating Reel Assembly with Dual Bonus Feature
Options
▪ 19" Touch Screen LCD with Infinity Lighting Effects
▪ Enhanced Sound System
▪ Logical Button Layout with Ergonomically Designed Button
Panel

Hardware Options
Bill Acceptors
• JCM UBA 10 Standard
• JCM UBA 10 ICB
• JCM UBA 11 Standard
• JCM UBA 11 ICB
• Mars SC6607
• Mars Cashflow w/EZ Trax
• Mars SC8307
• Mars SCM6607YE, 1000 Note

Coin Acceptors
• Coin Mechanism MC-40
• Condor CN130
• IDX X10
• Microsystem Microcoin QL

Printers
• Future Logic Gen 2
• Ithaca 950
• Paycheck 3

P/N 810057 1-2 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION

Terminology Customer Support

The term Machine is used throughout this manual and is defined Konami Gaming, Inc. is committed to offering the highest
as a physical piece of electromechanical equipment designed and quality 24 hour, seven (7) day a week, technical support. Service
manufactured by Konami Gaming, Inc. This equipment is only for calls can be requested by calling 1.866.KGI.SLOT. E-Mail support
sale and use as an amusement apparatus or in jurisdictions permit- can be requested at [email protected]. All calls are logged
ting such devices. into a database to track response times, the nature of the calls and
The term Game is used throughout this manual and is defined developing trends.
as the programmed operation of the machine after money, tokens,
coupons, or equivalent are accepted. Typical game characteristics Warranty and RMA Process
include, player interaction with the machine through the use of but-
tons, or mechanical reels spinning and stopping at programmed Warranty Policy
stop locations, and payout of coins, tokens, coupons, or equivalent Warranty: 90 days parts and labor from date of sale.
when reel symbol combinations appear on the payline and match the
game’s paytable. RMA Process
The term Operator is used throughout this manual and is • RMA tags are included in the spare parts kit.
defined as any person, partnership, company, or corporation, and/or • RMA numbers are issued by calling the Customer
their legal representatives, who own, operate, service, maintain, and/or Support Hotline at 1.866.KGI.SLOT.
derive profit from their association with this machine. • Parts returned to Konami Gaming, Inc. will only be
The term Player is used throughout this manual and is defined accepted with an RMA number. Please do NOT send
as any person who deposits money, tokens, coupons, or equivalent any parts back without an RMA number.
into the machine described in this manual for the purpose of playing
the games offered by the machine as defined by the rules and odds • Once a replacement part is issued, the Operator has
set by the machine’s Operator. 30 days to return the old part without being charged. If
the old part is not returned within 30 days, the Operator
will be charged the full retail price for the item.
Notices
This document contains the following important notes:
RMA Tag
This symbol indicates a CAUTION or WARNING. These
indicate actions or situations that can be damaging or
dangerous to you or your equipment. Read and observe
all cautions and warnings.

This symbol indicates a NOTE or TIP. Notes and tips

are items of special interest pertaining to the section or
procedure you are reading about. They typically augment (RMA) CASE #

or clarify the material. MACHINE SERIAL #

CASINO

PART #

PART SERIAL #

PART DESCRIPTION

PROBLEM

JURISDICTION

TECHNICIAN NAME
SERVICE TRIAL CONTRACT MAINTENANCE
PARTICIPATION WARRANTY CUSTOMER CAUSED

WHITE - FIELD ENG. YELLOW - SHIPPING MANILA - PART

NOTE: RMA tags are used to repair damaged equipment to

its original state of operation. Filling the RMA tag completely
is required before any repair is attempted.

P/N 810057 1-3 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION

Shipping Charges
• Konami Gaming, Inc. pays for standard ground
shipping on warranty items only.
• The Operator is responsible for shipping charges on
expedited delivery or non-warranty items.

Serial Number Plate Location

All requests for service or RMA replacement require the ma-
chine serial number, located on the upper right side of the cabinet. See
the illustrations below for location of the Serial Number Plate.

Serial Number Plate

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV, USA 89119

Serial Number Plate on Main Cabinet

SERIAL NUMBER

P/N 810057 1-4 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

SECTION 2
Set-Up & Operation

Overview Physical Specifications

Section 2, Set-Up & Operation, addresses the installation, setup Cabinet Specifications
and operation of the machine. • Height 60.74"
• Depth (At Coin Bowl) 22.39"
This section covers the following topics:
• Depth (Cabinet Only) 18.00"
• Physical Specifications
• Width (Cabinet) 21.99"
• Environmental Specifications
• Weight 234.5 lbs
• Unpacking and Inspecting
• Candle (Signal Tower) Installation Environmental Specifications
• Drop Box Door Switch Line Voltage Input: 100–240 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz.
• Slot Accounting System The following calculations are based on an input voltage of
120 VAC:
• Opening and Closing Doors
• Power supply input voltage 110 VAC: 108–120 VAC
• Lock Installation
(nominal 120 VAC) at 50/60 Hz.
• Setting the Hopper Level Probe
• Power supply output voltage: +12 VDC, +24 VDC.
• Installing Coin Acceptor Sample Coin
• Current draw at rest: 1.83 A (220 W).
• Option the Bill Validator
• Current draw during game play: 1.9 A (228 W).
• Power-Up
• Maximum operating ambient temperature: 104° F
• Random-Access Memory (RAM) Clearing (40° C).
• Options Setting • Minimum operating ambient temperature: 32° F (0° C).
• Maximum surface ambient temperature: 105° F (41.5° C).
20.10" • Minimum surface ambient temperature: 32° F (0° C).
18.65"
• Maximum relative humidity: 95% (non-condensing).

Unpack and Inspect

Unpack and inspect the machine before power is turned on. If
the machine has been damaged during shipping, contact your Konami
Distributor, or Konami Customer Service Representative, depending
on warranty and sales contract terms.
For Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) information, see
Section 1 of this manual.
60.74"
Carefully unpack and remove all loose parts and shipping
materials. Inspect components for damage. Verify the power cord is
properly routed out of the cabinet. Verify all wire connectors are firmly
seated. Check all display areas for signs of broken glass or bulbs.

21.99" 18.00"
22.39"

P/N 810057 2-1 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Installing the Candle Drop Box Switch
Open the Top Box door. Pass the connector of the Candle NOTE: The Drop Box switch wiring is typically used ONLY
through the “Z” shaped hole in the top of the Top Box. Then, mount when the machine is not connected to a slot accounting
the Candle inside the top box using the two (2) UNC 8-32 screws. system.
Connect the Candle connector so that the Candle stays horizontal. If Open the Main Door. Locate the connector labeled DROP
so equipped, secure the frame ground (FG) wire of the Candle with (on the main cabinet harness). Connect the optional Drop Switch
one of the 8-32 screws. Close and lock the door. Turn the power on Harness (P/N 110324). Connect the three spade connectors to the
and verify that the Candle illuminates. Drop switch.
NOTE: If the Tower Light is not required, order P/N
191050 (Cover, Candle Mounting). Check Drop Switch Operation
If the following problem arises after turning the power on, check
that the Drop Box Switch is installed properly.
Candle Pin Assignment • The 031 DROP DOOR ACCESSED error message is
CANDLE PIN ASSIGNMENT not displayed even after the power is turned on again
PIN NUMBER WIRE COLOR SIGNAL ASSIGNED LIGHT LOCATION with the drop-door closed.
1 BROWN TL0 BOTTOM • The 041 DROP DOOR PORT error message is
2 BLUE TL1 displayed.
TOP
3 VIOLET TL2 • No error messages appear when the Sub-Door is
4 GREY TL3 RESERVED opened and closed.
5 N. C. N. C. A DROP-DOOR OPEN accessed error can be detected even
with the power turned off. Reset the error and turn the power on to
6 YELLOW +24 V
check that the switch is installed correctly.
Stand Drill Guide
DROP BOX SWITCH PIN ASSIGNMENT
PIN # PIN ASSIGNMENT DESCRIPTION
1 GND GND (COM)
SECURITY
2 SW_DROP
(SW DROP BOX DOOR [N.O.])
SECURITY
3 BSW_DROP
(SW DROP BOX DOOR [N.C.])
4 N. C. -

NOTE: To ensure proper spacing between machines, the

minimum allowable width of the stand a Konami machine
can be mounted on is 28”.

P/N 810057 2-2 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Slot Accounting System Cabinet Installation

Overview This section, Installation, describes the procedure for installing
The Slot Accounting System (SAS) communication with the the cabinet and the initial settings of the equipment.
video gaming machine takes place via interface connectors located on
• Initialization
the Backplane board in the Logic Unit box and settings in the KONAMI
Maintenance System (KMS). • Serial Number
Connections • Opening and Closing the Doors
Under typical conditions, CNB35/Port 1 on the backplane, is for
• How to Change Locks
interconnection to the SAS Unit, used for fiber optic interface. CNB36
and CNB37 are used for serial communications with conventional Initialization
wiring. This section describes how to check the version of the cabinet
and the optional parts provided. This information will help in performing
the work from initialization to operation of this machine.

Serial Number Plate

Check the serial number. The following explains how to check
the serial number using the Serial Plate or referring to the stamped
or engraved serial number.
Using The Serial Number Plate
The Serial Number Plate for the cabinet is installed on the right
side of the outside of the Main Cabinet.

CNB35 COM1 CNB37 COM3

CNB36 COM2

The Backplane is shown in greater detail in Section 8.

Fiber Optic Interface

When fiber optic communication lines are used, they are first
routed to the SAS Unit mounted in the machine. The SAS Unit is
equipped with two input and two output fiber optic receptacles. The
SAS unit is also equipped with a serial input/output connector and
attached wiring, the output of which is connected to the CNB35 port
on the Backplane board.
SERIAL NUMBER

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV, USA 89119

N
VI
115
AC
RIA
SE I/O
L

Off ng
~
li g
Lit or Id Idlin ng
SE nk Err or Idli
RIA Bli rmal l Err rror
No orma al E
I/O L ic
o n
ati or N Norm
it
n
mu Mon l Data
om 2 a
OU : C to IN al Seri
T1 en p in
OU Gre ed : O : Term
T2 R llow
Ye
IN1
IN2

SERIAL I/O
FIBER OPTIC OUT 1 115 VAC IN
FIBER OPTIC OUT 2
FIBER OPTIC IN 2
FIBER OPTIC IN 1

P/N 810057 2-3 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
The Serial Number Plate is installed on the upper right side of lever pulled up. Turn the key 90° counter-clockwise. Remove the
the Main Cabinet. key from the cylinder.
The information displayed on the Serial Number Plate in-
cludes:
Sub-Door (Belly Door)
• MACHINE TYPE : Series name of the cabinet To open the Belly Door, insert the Sub-Door key into the
(ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION for this machine).
Sub-Door key cylinder on the right of the Main door. Turn the key
• MANUFACTURE DATE: Date of manufacture. 90° clockwise. Press the Sub-Door open button with the key turned.
• SERIAL NUMBER: Cabinet-specific number. Open the Sub-Door.

• VAC, HZ, A: Usage environment for the cabinet.

Referring To The Stamped Serial Number

The serial number is stamped or engraved on the front inside
of the cabinet. This serial number is identical with the serial number
found on the Serial Plate. If you find a different serial number, contact
your KGI representative immediately.

LOCATION OF
ENGRAVED SERIAL To close the Belly Door, close the door while pressing the Sub-
NUMBER Door open button with the key turned clockwise. Turn the key 90°
counter-clockwise. Remove the key from the cylinder.
Opening and Closing the Doors
Main Door Bill Validator Door
To open the Main Door, insert the key into the cylinder on
the right side of the cabinet. Turn the key 90° clockwise. Pull up the
Main Door lever with the key turned. Open the door by pulling the
door toward you.

To open the Bill Validator door, insert the key into the cylinder
of Bill Stacker door key on the Bill Stacker door. Turn the Bill Stacker
To close the Main Door, close the door with the Main Door door key 90° counterclockwise. Open the Bill Stacker door.
To close the Bill Validator door, close the Bill Stacker door. Turn

P/N 810057 2-4 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
the Bill Stacker door key 90° clockwise. Remove the Bill Stacker door Setting the Hopper Level Probe
key from the cylinder. The Konami Hopper is equipped with a level probe to measure
the number of coins in the Hopper bowl. When a desired amount is
Reel and LCD Doors reached, the diverter actuates and directs the coins to the Drop Bucket.
To open the Reel or LCD Doors, turn either key 90° clockwise Changing the position of the level probe determines the amount of
and open the door. coins in the Hopper. By moving the probe to a lower location, as shown
in the illustrations below, less coins will be added to the Hopper.

HIGHEST
SETTING

To close the Reel or LCD Doors, close the respective door and
turn the key 90° counter-clockwise.

LOWEST
Logic Unit Door SETTING
The following describes how to open the Logic Unit door with
Coin Acceptor Sample Coin
the Main Door open.
The Coin Acceptor validates and either accepts or rejects
coins or tokens inserted through the coin head. Insert a high quality
sample coin or tokens (matching the machine’s denomination) into
the sample coin sliding holder on the Coin Acceptor. Insert a number
of coins or tokens through the coin head and verify the Coin Accep-
tor properly functions. If an excessive number of coins are rejected,
the acceptor may need adjusting (Refer to Section 5 - Preventative
Maintenance).

Option the Bill Acceptor (Factory Preset)

The Bill Acceptor validates, either accepting or rejecting bills
inserted into the Bill Validator module (bill head). Accepted bills are
transported to the Cash Cassette, and an appropriate number of
credits register on the credit meter. For example, an accepted U.S.
$1.00 bill shows as four (4) credits on a 25¢ machine. Rejected bills
To open the Logic Unit Door, insert the Logic Unit door key into are returned to the Player. Remove the Bill Validator module (refer
the cylinder on the front of the Logic Unit. Turn the key 90° counter- to the Section 3 - Assemblies, Parts & Hardware). MARS Bill Valida-
clockwise. Open the Logic Unit Door by pulling the Logic Unit Door tor DIP switches are located along the left side of the unit. WBA Bill
toward you and up to clear the mounting tabs. Validator DIP switches are along the right side of the unit. Set MARS
To close the Logic Unit Door, insert the Logic Unit Door tabs into Bill Validator DIP switches to ON or WBA DIP switches to OFF to
the slots and pivot into the locking position. Turn the logic door key 90° accept desired bills.
clockwise. Remove the Logic Unit Door key from the cylinder.

P/N 810057 2-5 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Startup Procedure for RAM Clearing

Check the following items before connecting the Machine AC Perform the RAM Clear procedure as follows:
plug to a receptacle. 1. Power the Machine off.
Inspection of the Cabinet 2. Open the Logic Unit door and slide out the Main
• Check that all the units are plugged in firmly. Processing Unit (MPU) board to allow easy access to
the Compact Flash cards and connectors, as shown
• Check that all the connectors are connected. below.
• Check that the AC cord is not damaged.
• Check that the Power Switch is turned off.
• Check that fuses are not opened.

Inspection of the Use Environment

• Check that the Power Supply meets the specification
for the cabinet.
• Check that the AC cord is not strained (do not bend
the AC cord at a sharp angle, coil it or put a heavy GAME INITIALIZATION
weight on it). COMPACT FLASH CARD
(UPPER SIDE)
• Check that there is nothing containing water near the
RAM CLEAR
Power Supply. COMPACT FLASH CARD
(UNDER SIDE)
Inspection After Connecting the AC Plug to the Receptacle
3. Remove the GAME INITIALIZATION Compact Flash
• Check that the smell of smoke is not present.
Card from the upper Flash Card connector on the upper
• Check that no sparks, smoke or flame are produced. side of the MPU.
• Check that the AC cord does not get too hot. 4. Install the RAM CLEAR Compact Flash Card into the
lower Flash Card connector on the underside of the
Turning On the Power Switch
MPU.
The first time the game is started a RAM CLEAR procedure
is required. 5. Return MPU board to its slot, by pressing firmly on the
front edge of the board, making sure that the board is
Game Initialization Procedure (RAM Clear) fully engaged.
The Game Initialization Procedure clears all game data in 6. Close Logic Unit door.
non-volatile memory, filling each byte with 00 (Hex). The RAM Clear 7. Power up the machine. The following screen is
process clears all audit meters, logs, and game information. The displayed.
game option settings can be cleared by operator choice. An operator
is allowed to change the following settings during the Game Initializa- RAM Clear
tion Procedure.
RAM CLEAR
• Machine Number Settings AUDIT KEY - EXIT

• Clock and Date Settings

• Credit Settings
• Cash Device Settings
WARING!
• Security Settings RAM CLEAR

• Communications Settings IF RAM CLEAR IS NOT DESIRED, SHUTDOWN NOW AND REMOVE COMPACT FLASH RAM CLEAR.

• Standalone Mystery Jackpot Settings

• Sound Settings
• Denomination Setting PRESS BEX MAX BUTTON OR POWER DOWN NOW.

• Game Common Settings

• Pay Table Settings RAM CLEAR
BET MAX
• Progressive Combination Settings
8. Select BET MAX to select the RAM CLEAR
procedure.
Each individual setting is discussed in a greater detail in the
SETUP sections.

P/N 810057 2-6 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Set Up Continuation Game Configuration Complete
MAINTENANCE: ALL RESET
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

Game Initialization

Game configuration completed.

Turn off power and remove the
Game Initialization Compact Flash Card.
TO CONTINUE SELECT SETUP TYPE.
PRESS CASHOUT BUTTON TO RESET ALL SAVED SETTING S TO DEFAULT VALUES.
PRESS BET MAX BUTTONTO KEEP PREVIOUSLY SAVED SETTINGS AND CONTINUE.

RESET CURRENT
CASH OUT BET MAX

9. Press CASHOUT Button to reset all saved settings 12. Wait until the above shown message is displayed to
to their default values. (This procedure is highly power off the machine.
recommended for the initial Game Initialization.) Press 13. Power off the machine to complete game
BET MAX button to keep previously saved settings initialization.
and continue.
14. Power on the machine to return to the GAME mode.
Setup Menu
KMS SETUP Starting Up (Normally)
AUDIT KEY - EXIT Open the Main door, turn on the Power Switch, then close the
Main door. The self-check screen appears. When no error is found in
MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP
all the items, the game screen appears.
CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP
KMS Mode
CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
Turn the Reset key forward to enter KMS Mode. From the KMS
CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP mode, an operator can access and change a number of options:
SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS • Audit settings including Audit Meters, Game Meters,
Logs and Events
SETUP

COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
• Game Recall Settings
SETUP
• Setup (Please note that options in the Setup menu
accessed from KMS mode are limited. All options can
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
be accessed only while in the RAM CLEAR Mode).
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
• Diagnostic
• Out of Service
10. The KMS SETUP menu is displayed. (See SETUP
section of this manual for detailed description of all
Each setting will be reviewed in a greater detail in the following
items of this screen).
sections.
11. When finished changing options, EXIT to the KMS
Setup screen and press EXIT. Returning from the KMS mode
Turn the Reset key to return to the game from KMS mode. If no
options have been changed, the game screen will appear. If options
have been changed, the game must be restarted.

P/N 810057 2-7 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
KMS Menu Help and Pay Table
KMS
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
NOTE: Help and Paytable screens are game specific
and will vary according to the installed game. Screens
AUDIT
displayed are for example only and may differ from the
GAME RECALL currently installed game.
SETUP

The following is an example, HELP (30-Line Game) and PAY

DIAGNOSTIC
TABLE.
Screen 1 of 6 displays the line configuration for this game.
OUT OF SERVICE
Screen 2 of 6 displays the button instructions for this game.
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
Screen 3 of 6 displays the scatter pay awards.
SETUP
Screen 4 of 6 displays the sofa so good bonus awards.
Screen 5 of 6 displays the days off bonus awards.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT Screen 6 of 6 displays the days off award schedule.
BET LEVEL 1 BET LEVEL 2 BET LEVEL 3 CHANGE

Operation Refilling Hopper

Use the following illustration to identify below listed game When the Coin Hopper becomes empty, the HOPPER EMPTY
screen items. or HOPPER JAM message appears. This message will suspend the
game until the Hopper is refilled with coins according to the following
Game Screen procedure.
Game screen is composed of three areas, which are (A), (B) 1. Open the Main Door.
and (C). 2. Check if the Coin Hopper contains coins. If the Coin
(A) CREDIT, BET AND WIN AREA
Hopper contains coins, there is a possibility the Hopper
The credit, bet and win area displays the available credits,
is jammed. If jammed, clear the jam and reset the
the amount bet, the amount won, the maximum credits that can be
game. If the Coin Hopper is empty, refill it with coins.
wagered and the amount wagered per line.
(B) GAME AREA 3. Make sure not to drop coins inside the cabinet when
The game area displays image that corresponds to game type. refilling the Hopper.
For example, Reels and Play lines are displayed in the Slot game. 4. Close the Main Door and turn the Reset key-switch to
The cards and pay table is displayed in the Poker or Black Jack recover from the error.
game. During the featured game, the game area is changed into the
feature’s image. Collecting Bills
(C) HELP BUTTON AND DENOM. BUTTON AREA When the Bill Stacker is full of bills, the BILL STACKER FULL
The help and paytable button displays the instructions for game message appears. This suspends the game until the bills are col-
play and the currently installed game’s paytable, and the SELECT lected according to the following procedure. Bills should be collected
DENOM button allows the player to select the denomination of the periodically before the Bill Stacker becomes full.
game.
1. Open the Sub Door.
Select Denomination 2. Open the Bill Stacker door.
3. Pull down the lever next to the Bill Stacker handle to
unlock and pull out the Bill Stacker.
4. Unlock the locks (2 places) on the back of the Bill
Stacker at the same time and remove the bills.
5. Install the Bill Stacker in the Bill Validator unit.
6. Close the Bill Stacker door and the Machine Sub
Door.
7. Turn the Reset key-switch to recover from the error.

Collecting Coins
Normally, the Coin Hopper holds the inserted coins. When the
Coin Hopper becomes full of coins, the diverter moves coins into the
Drop Box. Since no error message will appear when the Drop Box
becomes full of coins, the coins should be collected periodically.

P/N 810057 2-8 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
maximum number of coins is 45, the bet max value would be $22.50).
Player/Operator Interface
When the BET MAX button is pressed, the reels spin automatically.
The player/operator interface items used to play the game are
identified in the following illustration.
SPIN Button
The SPIN button can act as a REPEAT BET button. After the
number of lines are selected, the credits wagered per line activates
the game. The SPIN button then activates the next game.
22” LCD
W/TOUCH Bill/Ticket Entry
SCREEN
Accepts paper currency and converts it into credits according
to the denomination of the machine. If a $20.00 bill is inserted, and
the denomination of the machine is 5¢, 400 credits will be added to
the credit meter.

Coin/Token Entry
Location where coins or tokens can be inserted into the ma-
REEL chine.
CASE
ASSY
PLAYER
TRACKING Ticket Chute
PANEL The ticket printer is used to dispense tickets that reflect the
COIN/TOKEN
amount of credits remaining on the machine that can be cashed for
SPEAKER their monetary value, or in some cases, can be inserted into another
ENTRY
machine to add credits and enable play.
TICKET BILL/TICKET
CHUTE ENTRY
CHANGE 22" LCD w/Touchscreen
BUTTON SPIN The LCD screen is used to display animations, bonus games
CASHOUT BUTTON and bonus pays to the player. It is also used to access the KMS to
BUTTON display game information, audit information, log files, game recall
files, event info files and system info files. It is also used to display
SELECT BET PER SELECT NUMBER
diagnostic screens and game test screens.
MULTI-DENOM
BUTTON LINE OF LINES
BUTTONS BUTTONS MULTI DENOM Button
(BOTTOM ROW) (TOP ROW)
The MULTI DENOM button allows the player to select the
denomination of the game.

CHANGE Button
The CHANGE button is used to illuminate the upper Signal
Tower light with a steady flash, indicating to the operator that change
is required at the machine.

CASHOUT Button
The CASHOUT button is used by the player to retrieve unused
credits from the machine. When pressed, the Hopper activates drop-
ping coins into the coin bowl, triggering an attendant pay, printing a
ticket or a combination of events.

SELECT NUMBER OF LINES Buttons

The SELECT LINE(s) button allows the player to choose the
number of lines played.

SELECT BET PER LINE Buttons

The BET X PER LINE buttons allow the player to select the
number of credits played for each of the selected lines.

BET MAX Button

The BET MAX button wagers the maximum number of credits
for each time it is pressed. A credit equals the current denomination
X 1 (if the machine is optioned with a denomination of 50¢, and the

P/N 810057 2-9 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

WARNING: Keep hands, fingers and tools away from reel

cage pinch points if operating game with reel cage door
open. Serious injury or damage to equipment may result.

WARNING: OBSERVE THE LISTED PRECAUTIONS IF OPERATING GAME IN KMS

MODE WITH THE REEL CAGE DOOR OPEN.

DO NOT PLACE HANDS,

FINGERS OR TOOLS
BETWEEN SIDES OF REEL
CAGE AND CABINET IF
OPERATING THE GAME
WITH REEL CAGE DOOR
OPEN

REEL CAGE
DOOR
DO NOT PLACE HANDS,
REEL CAGE FINGERS OR TOOLS
ASSEMBLY BETWEEN TOP OR BOTTOM
OF REEL CAGE AND
CABINET IF OPERATING THE
GAME WITH REEL CAGE DOOR
OPEN

P/N 810057 2-10 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Audit Mode Audit Meters

How to Enter and Exit Audit Mode Various Audit Meters can be checked. The AUDIT menu is
In this machine, the Audit mode is called the “Konami Mainte- highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The
nance System” (abbreviated as KMS) mode. following screen is displayed.
The KMS screen will automatically return to the game screen
in 15 seconds if no operation is performed and the following condi- Audit Meters Select
tions exist. KMS AUDIT
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
• The Main Door is closed.
• The Audit key-switch is not turned on. AUDIT METERS

• No button is pressed. GAME METERS

KONAMI Maintenance System (KMS) Main Menu

LOGS

Turn the AUDIT key-switch to access the KMS mode. The fol- EVENT
lowing screen is displayed.

KMS Menu
KMS
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

AUDIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT

BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
GAME RECALL

SETUP
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
DIAGNOSTIC on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button
OUT OF SERVICE moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves the
cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current selection
and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.

Audit Meters-General-1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
KMS AUDIT GENERAL METERS - 1
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE AUDIT KEY - EXIT
COIN IN $0.00
COIN OUT $0.00
COIN DROP 0
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the but- AUDIT METERS
ATTENDANT PAID JACKPOTS $0.00
ATTENDANT PAID CANCELLED CREDITS $0.00
tons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by PHYSICAL COIN IN 0
PHYSICAL COIN OUT 0
pressing the lit buttons on the player interface Button Panel. The BILL IN $0.00
VOUCHER IN $0.00
BET LV 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET VOUCHER OUT $0.00

LV 2 button moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button
MACHINE PAYOUT PERCENTAGE
enters the current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the FROM PAYTABLE WON PAYOUTS 0.00%
WITH PROGRESSIVE JACKPOTS 0.00%
previous menu. WITH EXTERNAL BONUS AWARDS 0.00%
WEIGHTED AVERAGE PAYBACK 0.00%

KMS MENU DESCRIPTION

MENU DESCRIPTION
AUDIT Displays various Software Meters.
PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT
GAME RECALL Displays the game history. BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE

SETUP Allows the setup of options for the game.

DIAGNOSTICS
Diagnoses various devices installed on the The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the
game. buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
OUT OF SERVICE
Displays “OUT OF SERVICE” message and locks by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
the machine.
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
goes to the next screen and the CHANGE button returns to the
Move the cursor to the AUDIT button and press BET LV3. previous menu.

P/N 810057 2-11 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

AUDIT-GENERAL METERS Audit Meters-General-2

The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the
ITEM DESCRIPTION
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
This meter accumulates the total credits wagered to
game play from any source including credits wagered
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
COIN IN BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
from the credit meter, inserted coins directly wagered
and residual credits wagered to the Mini Game. goes to the next screen and the CHANGE button returns to the
This meter accumulates the total won credits from previous menu.
both regular game play and the Mini Game paid by
the machine. If the game is initialized with RAM Clear Audit Meters-General-2
COIN OUT Compact Flash Cards of NV, MI, MS, ONT and QUE,
KMS AUDIT GAME METERS - 2
this meter does not include any win from progressive AUDIT KEY - EXIT
or external bonuses. Otherwise, this meter includes TOTAL DROP $0.00
any won credits paid by the machine. HOPPER TEST AUDIT METERS 0
HOPPER OVERPAY 0
This meter accumulates the total amount of coins or HOPPER RUNAWAY 0
COIN DROP
tokens dropped into the cash box. NUMBER OF EXCESSIVE COIN IN (AFTER TILT) 0
OVERFED COINS LEFT 0
This meter accumulates the total credits won from
RESIDUAL CREDIT PAYOFF
regular game play paid by attendant. If the game is GAMES PLAYED 0
GAMES WINNER 0
initialized with RAM Clear Compact Flash Card of NV, COIN IN $0.00
ATTENDANT PAID
MI, MS, ONT and QUE, this meter does not include COIN OUT $0.00
JACKPOTS
any won form progressives and external bonuses. MACHINE PAID WON PAYOUTS
MACHINE PAID PAYTABLE WON PAYOUTS $0.00
Otherwise, this meter includes any won credits paid MACHINE PAID PROGRESSIVE PAYOUTS $0.00
MACHINE PAIDEXTERNAL BONUS PAYOUTS $0.00
by attendant.
ATTENDANT PAID WON PAYOUTS
ATTENDANT PAID CAN- This meter accumulates the total credits paid by at- ATTENDANT PAID PAYTABLE WON PAYOUTS
ATTENDANT PAID PROGRESSIVE PAYOUTS
$0.00
$0.00
CELLED CREDITS tendant in cash-out. ATTENDANT PAID EXTERNAL BONUS PAYOUTS $0.00

This meter accumulates the total amount of coins or

PHYSICAL COIN IN PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT
tokens accepted including inappropriate coins in.
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE
This meter accumulates the total amount of coins or
PHYSICAL COIN OUT tokens out from the Hopper including overpaid coins
and Hopper runaway.
This meter accumulates the total amount of cash in
AUDIT - GENERAL METERS
BILL IN
from bills. ITEM DESCRIPTION
This meter accumulates the total amount of cashable
VOUCHER IN This meter accumulates the total amount of
tickets accepted and redeemed.
drop including coins dropped to the cashbox,
This meter accumulates the total amount of cashable TOTAL DROP
VOUCHER OUT bill drop, ticket drop and credits transferred
tickets printed. to the machine.

MACHINE PAYOUT PERCENTAGE This meter accumulates the total number of

HOPPER TEST
coins paid out in hopper test mode.
FROM PAYTABLE WON Machine payout percentage form payable won pay- This meter shows the total number of occur-
PAYOUTS outs. HOPPER OVERPAY
rences of hopper overpay.
WITH PROGRESSIVE Machine payout percentage with progressive jack- This meter shows the total number of occur-
JACKPOTS pots. HOPPER RUNWAY
rences of hopper runaway.
WITH EXTERNAL BONUS Machine payout percentage with external bonus This meter shows the total number of coins
AWARDS awards. NUMBER OF EXCESSIVE COIN-
accepted with inhibited from accepting
IN (AFTER TILT)
This meter shows Weighted Average Theoretical coins.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE
Payback Percentage of the payable and each bet This meter shows total amount of coins in-
PAYBACK OVERFED COINS LEFT
category. serted after game start
RESIDUAL CREDIT PAYOFF
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the next screen. The fol-
This meter shows total number of games
lowing screen is displayed. GAMES PLAYED
played of residual credit removal game.
This meter shows total number of games
GAMES WINNER
winner of residual credit removal game.
This meter shows total amount of coins in
COIN IN
from residual credit removal game
This meter shows total amount of coins out
COIN OUT
from residual credit removal game.
MACHINE PAID WON JACKPOTS
MACHINE PAID PAYTABLE WON This meter shows the total amount of win-
PAYOUTS nings the machine paid from the paytable.
MACHINE PAID This meter shows total amount of winnings
PROGRESSIVE PAYOUT the machine paid from the progressives

P/N 810057 2-12 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

AUDIT - GENERAL METERS AUDIT - BILL/TICKETS

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION
MACHINE PAID This meter shows total amount of winnings BILLS
EXTERNAL BONUS PAYOUTS the machine paid from the external bonus.
This meter shows total number and amount of
BILLS IN
ATTENDANT PAID WON PAYOUT bills accepted.
ATTENDANT PAID PAYTABLE This meter shows total amount of winnings This meter shows total number of $1 bills ac-
$1
WON PAYOUT the attendant paid from the paytable. cepted.

ATTENDANT PAID This meter shows total amount of winnings This meter shows total number of $5 bills ac-
$5
PROGRESSIVE PAYOUTS the attendant paid from the progressive. cepted.
This meter shows total number of $10 bills ac-
This meter shows the total amount of win- $10
ATTENDANT PAID EXTERNAL cepted.
nings the attendant paid that came from the
BONUS PAYOUT
external bonus. This meter shows total number of $20 bills ac-
$20
cepted.
This meter shows total number of $50 bills ac-
$50
cepted.
Audit Meters-Bill/Tickets
The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the This meter shows total number of $100 bills ac-
$100
cepted.
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The This meter shows total number and amount of
BILLS IN STACKER
bills accepted.
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
goes to the next screen and the CHANGE button returns to the VOUCHER IN
previous menu. VOUCHER IN
This meter shows total number and amount of
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the next screen. The fol- voucher in.
lowing screen is displayed. COUPON PROMOTION
This meter shows total number and amount of
coupon promotion in.
Audit Meters-Bill/Tickets This meter shows total number and amount of
CASHABLE PROMOTION IN
cashable promotion in.
KMS AUDIT BILL/TICKETS
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
VOUCHER OUT
BILLS
BILLS IN 0 $0.00 This meter shows total number and amount of
$1 AUDIT METERS 0 VOUCHER OUT
$5 0 voucher out.
$10 0
$20 0
$50 0 This meter shows total number and amount of
$100 0 COUPON PROMOTION OUT
BILLS IN STACKER 0 $0.00 coupon promotion out.
HANDPAY RECEIPTS
VOUCHER IN
VOUCHER IN 0 $0.00 This meter shows total number and amount of
COUPON PROMOTION 0 $0.00 JACKPOTS
CASHABLE PROMOTION IN 0 $0.00 handpay receipts for jackpots.
VOUCHER OUT
VOUCHER OUT 0 $0.00 This meter shows total number and amount of
COUPON PROMOTION OUT 0 $0.00 CANCEL CREDITS
handpay receipts for cancelled credits.
HANDPAY RECEIPTS
JACKPOTS 0 $0.00
CANCEL CREDITS 0 $0.00
Audit Meters-Cashless/Bonusing 1
The next or previous pages can be accessed by pressing the
PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by
pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET
LV 1 button goes to the previous page, the BET LV 2 button goes to the
next page and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.

P/N 810057 2-13 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Audit Meters-Cashless Bonusing 1
AUDIT - CASHLESS/BONUSING -1
KMS AUDIT CASHLESS/BONUSING 1

CREDITS TRANSFERRED IN
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
ITEM DESCRIPTION
ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER IN (EFT IN) $0.00
WAGERING ACCOUNT TRANSFER
AUDIT METERSIN (WAT IN) $0.00 SAS SYSTEM BONUS
CASHABLE ELECTRONIC PROMOTION IN $0.00
NON-CASHABLE ELECTRONIC PROMOTION IN $0.00
This meter accumulates the total SAS deductive
DEDUCTIVE BONUS
CREDITS TRANSFERRED OUT
WAGERING ACCOUNT TRANSFER OUT (WAT OUT) $0.00 system bonus awards.
CASHABLE ELECTRONIC PROMOTION OUT $0.00
NON-CASHABLE ELECTRONIC PROMOTION OUT $0.00 This meter accumulates the total SAS non-de-
WON CREDITS $0.00 NON-DEDUCTIVE BONUS
CREDITS TO TICKET OUT
ductive system bonus awards.
ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER $0.00
WAGERING ACCOUNT TRANSFER $0.00 This meter accumulates that total SAS wager
NON-CASHABLE ELECTRONIC PROMOTION $0.00 WAGER MATCH
match system bonus awards.
AFT BONUS AWARDS
BONUS COIN OUT WIN $0.00
BONUS JACKPOT WIN $0.00
SAS SYSTEM BONUS Audit Meters-Cashless/Bonusing 2
DEDUCTIVE BONUS $0.00
NON-DEDUCTIVE BONUS
WAGER MATCH
$0.00
$0.00
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the AUDIT METERS-CASH-
LESS/BONUSING 2 menu. The following screen is displayed.
PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE Audit Meters-Cashless Bonusing 2
KMS AUDIT CASHLESS/BONUSING 2
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

AUDIT - CASHLESS/BONUSING -1 EFT CREDITS TRANSFERRED IN

CASHABLE $0.00
NON-CASHABLE $0.00
PROMOTIONAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
$0.00
EFT CREDITS TRANSFERRED OUT
CASHABLE $0.00
CREDITS TRANSFERRED IN NON-CASHABLE
PROMOTIONAL
$0.00
$0.00
This meter accumulates the total amount of
ELECTRONIC FUNDS
cashable credits transferred in from a financial
TRANSFER IN
institution.
This meter accumulates the total amount of
WAGERING ACCOUNT
cashable credits transferred in from a wagering
TRANSFER IN
account.
This meter accumulates the total amount of
CASHABLE ELECTRONIC
cashable promotional credits transferred in from
PROMOTION IN
a wagering account.
PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT
This meter accumulates the total amount of BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE
NON-CASHABLE ELECTRON-
non-cashable promotional credits transferred in
IC PROMOTION IN
from a wagering account.
CREDITS TRANSFERRED OUT
The next or previous pages can be accessed by pressing the
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by
This meter accumulates the total amount of
WAGERING ACCOUNT
cashable credits transferred out to a wagering
pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET
TRANSFER OUT LV 1 button goes to the previous page, the BET LV 2 button goes to the
account.
This meter accumulates the total amount of next page and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.
CASHABLE ELECTRONIC
cashable promotional credits transferred out to
PROMOTION OUT
a wagering account.
AUDIT - CASHLESS/BONUSING - 2
This meter accumulates the total amount of
NON-CASHABLE ELECTRON-
IC PROMOTION OUT
non-cashable promotional credits transferred ITEM DESCRIPTION
out to a wagering account.
EFT CREDITS TRANSFERRED IN
This meter accumulates that total won credits
WON CREDITS This meter accumulates the total EFT cashable
transferred out to a wagering account. CASHABLE
credits transferred to the machine.
CREDITS TO TICKET OUT
This meter accumulates the total EFT non-cashable
ELECTRONIC FUNDS This meter accumulates the EFT transferred out NON-CASHABLE
credits transferred to the machine.
TRANSFER to a ticket.
This meter accumulates the total EFT cashable
WAGERING ACCOUNT This meter accumulates the total amount of PROMOTIONAL
credits transferred to the machine.
TRANSFER cashable credits transferred out to a ticket.
EFT CREDITS TRANSFERRED OUT
This meter accumulates the total amount of
NON-CASHABLE ELECTRON- This meter accumulates the total EFT cashable
non-cashable promotional credits transferred CASHABLE
IC PROMOTION credits transferred out of the machine.
out to a ticket.
AFT BONUS AWARD This meter accumulates the total EFT non-cashable
NON-CASHABLE
credits transferred out of the machine.
This meter accumulates the total bonus coin
BONUS COIN OUT WIN This meter accumulates the total EFT promotional
out won. PROMOTIONAL
credits transferred out of the machine.
This meter accumulates the total bonus jackpot
BONUS JACKPOT WIN
won.

P/N 810057 2-14 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Press the CHANGE button to return to the previous menu.
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the GAME METERS screen. The GAME METERS - GENERAL METERS
following screen is displayed.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Game Meters Selection This meter accumulates the total games played
GAMES PLAYED SINCE
since game initialization (RAM Clear), including
KMS AUDIT GAME INITIALIZATION
AUDIT KEY - EXIT both regular and the mini game.
This meter accumulates the total games won
GAMES WINNER SINCE
AUDIT METERS since game initialization (RAM Clear), including
GAME INITIALIZATION
both regular game and the mini game.
GAME METERS
This meter accumulates the total games played
GAMES PLAYED SINCE
since power reset, including both regular game
LOGS POWER RESET
and the mini game.
EVENT This meter accumulates the total games played
GAMES PLAYED SINCE MAIN
since Main Door close, including both regular
DOOR CLOSE
game and the mini game.
This meter accumulates the total cashable
CASHABLE CREDIT PLAY credits wagered to regular game and the mini
game.
This meter accumulates the total cashable pro-
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT CASHABLE CREDIT PLAY motional credits wagered to regular game and
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE the mini game.
This meter accumulates the total non-cashable
NON-CASHABLE
promotional credits wagered to regular game
Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the GAME METERS menu. PROMOTION PLAY
and the mini game.
The following screen is displayed.
PROGRESSIVE JACKPOTS
Game Meters-General This meter accumulates the total number of oc-
LEVEL 1
currences of Level 1 progressive jackpots hit.
KMS AUDIT GAME METERS - GENERAL
AUDIT KEY - EXIT This meter accumulates the total number of oc-
LEVEL 2
GAME PLAY currences of Level 2 progressive jackpots hit.
GAMES PLAYED SINCE GAME INITIALIZATION 0
GAMES WINNER SINCE GAME
AUDIT INITIALIZATION
METERS 0 This meter accumulates the total number of oc-
GAMES PLAYED SINCE POWER RESET 0 LEVEL 3
GAMES PLAYED SINCE MAIN DOOR CLOSE 0 currences of Level 3 progressive jackpots hit.
CASHABLE CREDIT PLAY $0.00
This meter accumulates the total number of oc-
CASHABLE PROMOTION PLAY $0.00 LEVEL 4
NON-CASHABLE PROMOTION PLAY $0.00 currences of Level 4 progressive jackpots hit.
PROGRESSIVE JACKPOTS
LEVEL 1 0 This meter accumulates the total number of oc-
LEVEL 5
LEVEL 2
LEVEL 3
0
0 currences of Level 5 progressive jackpots hit.
LEVEL 4 0
LEVEL 5 0 This meter accumulates the total number of oc-
LEVEL 6 0 LEVEL 6
LEVEL 7 0 currences of Level 6 progressive jackpots hit.
LEVEL 8 0
CUMULATIVE PROGRESSIVE AMOUNT $0.00 This meter accumulates the total number of oc-
MYSTERY JACKPOTS 0 LEVEL 7
CUMULATIVE MYSTERY JACKPOT AMOUNT $0.00 currences of Level 7 progressive jackpots hit.
This meter accumulates the total number of oc-
LEVEL 8
PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT
currences of Level 8 progressive jackpots hit.
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE CUMULATIVE PROGRESSIVE This meter accumulates the total amount of
AMOUNT progressive jackpots hit.
The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, This meter accumulates the total amount of oc-
MYSTERY JACKPOTS
currences of mystery jackpots hit.
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen , the BET LV 2 button CUMULATIVE MYSTERY This meter accumulates the total amount of
JACKPOT AMOUNT mystery jackpots hit.
goes to the next screen and the CHANGE button returns to the
previous menu.
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the next screen. The fol-
lowing screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-15 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Game Meters-1, 2, 3, 4 Game Meters-5
KMS AUDIT GAME METERS - 1 KMS AUDIT GAME METERS - 5
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT
PAR 1 PLAY PAR 9 PLAY
GAMES PLAYED GAMES PLAYED
GAMES WON GAMES WON
COIN IN AUDIT METERS $0.00 COIN IN AUDIT METERS $0.00
COIN OUT $0.00 COIN OUT $0.00
JACKPOTS $0.00 JACKPOTS $0.00
ACTUAL PERCENT 0.00% ACTUAL PERCENT 0.00%
PAYS GAMES PLAYED COIN IN PAYS GAMES PLAYED COIN IN
BET CATAGORY 1: 00 % 0 $0.00 BET CATAGORY 1: 00 % 0 $0.00
BET CATAGORY 2: N/A 0 $0.00 BET CATAGORY 2: N/A 0 $0.00
BET CATAGORY 3: N/A 0 $0.00 BET CATAGORY 3: N/A 0 $0.00
BET CATAGORY 4: N/A 0 $0.00 BET CATAGORY 4: N/A 0 $0.00
BET CATAGORY 5: N/A 0 $0.00 BET CATAGORY 5: N/A 0 $0.00
WEIGHTED AVERAGE 0.00% WEIGHTED AVERAGE 0.00%
PAR 2 PLAY
GAMES PLAYED
GAMES WON
COIN IN $0.00
COIN OUT $0.00
JACKPOTS $0.00
ACTUAL PERCENT 0.00%
PAYS GAMES PLAYED COIN IN
BET CATAGORY 1: 00 % 0 $0.00
BET CATAGORY 2: N/A 0 $0.00
BET CATAGORY 3: N/A 0 $0.00
BET CATAGORY 4: N/A 0 $0.00
BET CATAGORY 5: N/A 0 $0.00
WEIGHTED AVERAGE 0.00%
PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE

The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the next screen. The fol-
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, lowing screen is displayed.
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
goes to the next screen and the CHANGE button returns to the previ- Game Meters-6, 7, 8
ous menu. These meters display game information for each of the six KMS AUDIT GAME METERS - 6
available percentages. AUDIT KEY - EXIT
$0.01 PLAY
GAMES PLAYED 0
GAME METERS - 1, 2, 3, 4 GAMES WON
COIN IN AUDIT METERS 0
$0.00
COIN OUT $0.00
ITEM DESCRIPTION JACKPOTS $0.00
$0.02 PLAY
GAMES PLAYED 0
PAR X PLAY GAMES WON 0
COIN IN $0.00
This meter accumulates the total number of games COIN OUT
JACKPOTS
$0.00
$0.00
GAMES PLAYED played on each game percentage since game initial- $0.05 PLAY
ization (RAM Clear). GAMES PLAYED
GAMES WON
0
0
COIN IN $0.00
This meter accumulates the total number of games COIN OUT $0.00
JACKPOTS $0.00
GAMES WON won on each game percentage since game initializa-
tion (RAM Clear).
This meter accumulates the total credits wagered on
COIN IN each game percentage since game initialization (RAM
Clear). PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE
This meter accumulates the total credits won from
COIN OUT paytable on each game percentage since game initial-
ization (RAM Clear).
The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the
This meter accumulates the total jackpot won on each buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by
JACKPOTS game percentage since game initialization (RAM
Clear).
pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET
LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button goes
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the next screen. The fol- to the next screen and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
lowing screen is displayed. menu. These meters display game information for each of the nine
available denominations.

P/N 810057 2-16 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

GAME METERS - 5, 6, 7, 8 LOGS

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION
$ X.XX PLAY CANCELLED CREDIT
Display the number, date and time, receipt, amount
and validation number of the last 40 cancelled credit
This meter accumulates the total number of games HANDPAY
handpays.
GAMES PLAYED played on each game denomination since the game
initialization (RAM Clear). Display the number, date and time, transaction type,
AFT TRANSACTION cashable credits, cashable promotion and non-cash-
This meter accumulates the total number of games
able promotion of the last 80 AFT transactions.
GAMES WON won on each game denomination since game initial-
ization (RAM Clear). Displays the number, date and time, transaction type,
EFT TRANSACTION cashable credits, cashable promotion and non-cash-
This meter accumulates the total credits wagered on
able promotion.
COIN IN each game denomination since game initialization
(RAM Clear). Displays the number, date and time, kind, and amount
SYSTEM BONUS
of the last 80 system bonuses.
This meter accumulates the total jackpot won on each
COIN OUT game denomination since game initialization (RAM Displays the number, date and time, player’s credits,
Clear). CASHOUT mini game credits and total cashout of the last 50 cash
outs.
This meter accumulates the total jackpot won on each
JACKPOTS game denomination since game initialization (RAM
clear). Logs-Bill In
KMS AUDIT LOGS - BILL IN
Press the CHANGE button to return to the previous menu. AUDIT KEY - EXIT
Page. 1/1
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the LOGS field. The following NO DATE & TIME BILL
screen is displayed.

Logs Selection
KMS AUDIT
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

AUDIT METERS

GAME METERS

LOGS

EVENT
PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE

The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the

buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous
screen, the BET LV 2 button goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3
Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the LOGS menu. The fol- button goes to the previous page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the
lowing screen is displayed. next page and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the next screen. The following
screen is displayed.
LOGS
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Display the number, date and time, and denomination
BILL IN
of the last 40 bills inserted.
Display the number, date and time, ticket amount and
TICKET IN
validation number of the last 40 tickets printed.
Display the number, date and time, ticket, amount and
TICKET OUT
validation number of the last 40 tickets printed.
Display the number, date and time, receipt, amount,
JACKPOT
and validation number of the last 40 jackpots hit.
Displays the number, date and time, level and
PROGRESSIVES
amount.

P/N 810057 2-17 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Logs-Ticket In Logs-Jackpot
KMS AUDIT LOGS - TICKET IN
AUDIT KEY - EXIT KMS AUDIT LOGS - JACKPOT
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
Page. 1/1
Page. 1/1
NO DATE & TIME TICKET TYPE AMOUNT VALIDATION NUMBER
NO DATE & TIME RECEIPT AMOUNT VALIDATION NUMBER
001 01/30/2005 02:33:06 CASHABLE VOUCHER $800.00 XX-XXX-XXX-XXX-6600
001 01/30/2009 02:33:06 ---- $3,000.00 ----------------------------------
002 01/30/2005 02:29:06 CASHABLE VOUCHER $25.00 XX-XXX-XXX-XXX-2392

PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT

PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE

The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous
page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE
button returns to the previous menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go button returns to the previous menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go
to the next screen. The following screen is displayed. to the next screen. The following screen is displayed.

Logs-Ticket Out Logs-Progressive

KMS AUDIT LOGS - TICKET OUT KMS AUDIT LOGS - PROGRESSIVES
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT
Page. 1/1 Page. 1/1

NO DATE & TIME TICKET TYPE TICKET AMOUNT VALIDATION NUMBER NO DATE & TIME LEVEL AMOUNT
001 01/30/2005 02:33:06 CASHABLE VOUCHER 2 $800.00 XX-XXX-XXX-XXX-7920 001 01/30/2009 02:33:06 3 $3,000.00
002 01/30/2005 02:32:06 CASHABLE VOUCHER 1 $800.00 XX-XXX-XXX-XXX-6600

PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE

The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV button goes BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous page, goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous
the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE button page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE
returns to the previous menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the button returns to the previous menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go
next screen. The following screen is displayed. to the next screen. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-18 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Logs-Cancelled Credit Handpay Logs-EFT Transaction

KMS AUDIT LOGS - CANCELLED CREDIT HANDPAY KMS AUDIT LOGS - EFT TRANSACTION
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT
Page. 1/1 Page. 1/1
TRANSACTION CASHABLE CASHABLE NON-CASHABLE
NO DATE & TIME RECEIPT AMOUNT VALIDATION NUMBER ID DATE & TIME TRANSACTION CREDITS PROMOTION PROMOTION
001 01/30/2009 02:30:37 ------ $800.00 ---------------------------------
002 01/30/2009 02:29:42 ------ $816.00 ---------------------------------

PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE

The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous
page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE
button returns to the previous menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go button returns to the previous menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go
to the next screen. The following screen is displayed. to the next screen. The following screen is displayed.

Logs-AFT Transaction Logs-System Bonus

KMS AUDIT LOGS - AFT TRANSACTION KMS AUDIT LOGS - SYSTEM BONUS
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT
Page. 1/1 Page. 1/1
CASHABLE CASHABLE NON-CASHABLE
NO DATE & TIME TRANSACTION CREDITS PROMOTION PROMOTION NO DATE & TIME KIND AMOUNT
001 01/30/2009 02:33:06 DEDUCTIBLE $41.10

PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE

The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous
page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE
button returns to the previous menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go button returns to the previous menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go
to the next screen. The following screen is displayed. to the next screen. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-19 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Logs-System Bonus Event Meter
KMS AUDIT LOGS - CASHOUT KMS AUDIT EVENT - METERS
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT
Page. 1/1 Page. 1/1
PLAYERS MINI TOTAL
NO DATE & TIME CREDITS GAME CASHOUT CODE EVENT NAME OCCURRENCE LAST OCCURRED
001 01/30/2009 02:33:07 $800.00 $0.00 $800.00 001 RESET START 2 02/16/2009 14:56:18
002 01/30/2009 02:30:35 $800.00 $0.00 $800.00 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN 1 02/16/2009 14:50:56
003 01/30/2009 02:39:38 $816.00 $0.00 $816.00 011 DROP DOOR OPEN 2 02/16/2009 14:32:21
012 LOGIC DOOR OPEN 3 02/16/2009 14:18:33
013 SUB DOOR OPEN 2 02/16/2009 13:21:19
014 BILL DOOR OPEN 1 02/16/2009 13:20:13
015 TOP BOX DOOR OPEN 4 02/16/2009 12:09:29
100 COIN ACCEPT ERROR 2 02/16/2009 11:04:18
101 COIN IN ERROR 1 02/16/2009 14:56:18
102 COIN ACCEPT ERROR 3 02/16/2009 14:50:56
104 EXTRA COIN IN 1 02/16/2009 14:32:21
111 DIVERTER MALFUNCTION 4 02/16/2009 14:18:33
121 HOPPER JAM 3 02/16/2009 13:21:19
122 HOPPER OVERPAY 1 02/16/2009 13:20:13
123 HOPPER RUNAWAY 1 02/16/2009 12:09:29
134 STACKER REMOVE 1 02/16/2009 11:04:18

PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 CHANGE

The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the
buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous
page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE
button returns to the previous menu. button returns to the previous menu. Press the CHANGE button to
Press the CHANGE button to go to the AUDIT menu. Press return to the AUDIT menu screen. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to
the BET LV 2 button to go to the EVENT field. The following screen the EVENT LOGS menu. The following screen is displayed.
is displayed.
Event Logs
Event Selection KMS AUDIT EVENT - LOGS
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
KMS AUDIT Page. 1/1
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
NO DATE & TIME CODE EVENT NAME NOTE
001 07/11/2009 23:19:53 030 MAIN DOOR ACCESSED
002 07/11/2009 23:19:51 001 RESET START
AUDIT METERS 003 07/11/2009 23:19:25 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN
004 07/11/2009 23:10:22 020 MAIN DOOR CLOSED
005 07/11/2009 23:10:30 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN
GAME METERS 006 07/11/2009 23:11:55 020 MAIN DOOR CLOSED
007 07/11/2009 23:12:30 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN
008 07/11/2009 23:13:33 023 SUB DOOR CLOSED
LOGS 009 07/11/2009 23:14:30 013 SUB DOOR OPEN
010 07/11/2009 23:15:30 020
011 07/11/2009 23:16:35 010
EVENT 012 07/11/2009 23:17:30 020
013 07/11/2009 23:18:12 500 REEL UNIT INITIALIZE
014 07/11/2009 23:19:45 500 REEL UNIT INITIALIZE
015 07/11/2009 23:20:34 450 RECOVERY SPIN
016 07/11/2009 23:21:30 025 TOP BOX DOOR CLOSED
017 07/11/2009 23:22:26 001 RESET START
018 07/11/2009 23:23:24 492 REEL UNIT ROTATION ERROR
019 07/11/2009 23:24:45 492 REEL UNIT ROTATION ERROR
020 07/11/2009 23:25:26 492 REEL UNIT ERROR

PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The next or previous screens can be accessed by pressing the

Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
screen is displayed. by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button goes to the previous screen, the BET LV 2 button
goes to the next screen, the BET LV 3 button goes to the previous
page, the BET LV 4 button goes to the next page and the CHANGE
button returns to the previous menu. Press the CHANGE button to
go to the AUDIT menu. Press the CHANGE button again to go to the
KMS screen. Press the BET LV 2 button to select GAME RECALL
field. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-20 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Game Recall Selection Game Recall

KMS KMS GAME RECALL 001/004 GAME
AUDIT KEY - EXIT GAME NAME Golden Bear 001/011 PAGE AUDIT KEY - EXIT

[42] [47] [47] [47] [76]

AUDIT

GAME RECALL

SETUP

DIAGNOSTIC

OUT OF SERVICE

STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT

SETUP

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. GAME NEXT GAME PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE FULL SCREEN EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET MAX BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE

Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following

The next or previous games or the next or previous pages
screen is displayed.
can be accessed by pressing the buttons on the touchscreen or, in
the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing the lit buttons on the
Game Recall Data
player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button goes to the previ-
KMS GAME RECALL 001/004 GAME
GAME NAME DRAGON HURRICANE 001/011 PAGE AUDIT KEY - EXIT ous game, the BET LV 2 button goes to the next game, the BET LV
GAME COMPLETED
DENOMINATION
01/30/2009 02:37:16
$0.05
PROGRESSIVE AMOUNT AT COMPLETION
#1 $100,000.00 3 button goes to the previous page, the BET LV 4 button goes to
TOTAL BET $10.00 #2
#3
$20,000.00
$3,000.00 the next page, the BET LV 5 button displays the full screen and the
TOTAL MACHINE PAID $0.00 #4 $400.00
TOTAL ATTENDANT PAID $3,000.00 #5 N/A CHANGE button returns to the main KMS menu. When in full screen
#6 N/A
CREDITS $11.10 #7
#8
N/A
N/A
mode, touch the touchscreen anywhere or press any button to return
LAST CASHOUT OCCURRED
TOTAL CASHOUT
--/--/---- --:--:--
$0.00 to the GAME RECALL page 1. Press the CHANGE button to return to
BASE BET 25 CREDITS the main KMS menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the SETUP
BET LEVEL 1
EXTRA BET 10 CREDIT (S) field. The following screen is displayed.
TOTAL BET 35 CREDITS
PAYTABLE WON $0.00
PROGRESSIVE JACKPOT
(REGULAR WON + BONUS WON)
$0.00 Setup Selection
REGULAR GAME WON $0.00
BONUS GAME WON $0.00 KMS
TOTAL BONUS GAMES COMPLETED 0 GAMES ROTABLE REEL UNIT MOTOR STATUS AUDIT KEY - EXIT
Reel Unit Stop
SYSTEM BONUS AWARDS AND MYSTERY JACKPOT CAN BE FOUND AT AUDIT LOG.
IF MAINTENANCE DOOR IS CLOSED, THE ROTABLE REEL UNIT WILL ROTATE AUTOMATICALLY AUDIT
PREV. SCREEN NEXT SCREEN PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE
GAME RECALL

SETUP
The next or previous games or the next or previous pages
can be accessed by pressing the buttons on the touchscreen or, DIAGNOSTIC

in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing the lit buttons on

the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button goes to the OUT OF SERVICE

previous game, the BET LV 2 button goes to the next game, the BET
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
LV 3 button goes to the previous page, the BET LV 4 button goes SETUP

to the next page and the CHANGE button returns to the main KMS
menu. Press the BET LV 4 button to go to the next page. The following PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
screen is displayed. BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET MAX

Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following

screen is displayed.

NOTE: Setup options can ONLY be changed when there

are no credits on the machine. All of the input/output
devices can be turned off separately from one another to
keep a machine in operation when that item fails and a
replacement part is not available.

P/N 810057 2-21 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
KMS Setup Menu
KMS SETUP
SETUP MENU
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
ITEM DESCRIPTION
MACHINE NUMBER Checks and changes the machine serial number and the
MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP
SETUP asset number.
CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP Checks and changes the date and the time of the machine
CLOCK SETUP
internal clock.
CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
CREDIT SETUP Checks and changes the credit options.
CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP CASH DEVICE Checks and changes the options for the bill validator,
STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS
SETUP printer, coin acceptor and hopper.
SECURITY SETUP
SETUP
Checks and changes the options for the electromechani-
SECURITY SETUP
COMMUNICATIONS SETUP cal meters and door switches.
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP COMMUNICATIONS Checks and changes the options for machine communica-
SETUP tions.
SOUND SETUP Checks and changes the options for sound.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE GAME COMMON Checks and changes the options common to the game,
SETUP such as credit intervention and auto rebate.
PAY TABLE Checks and changes the options for the paytable.
SETUP
NOTE: To access the setup part of the KMS, an open DENOMINATION Checks and changes the options for the paytable.
door condition is required. Turn the main door lock 90° to SETUP
enable the setup button. STAND ALONE
PROGRESSIVE
BONUS SETUP
NOTE: Some of the options in the SETUP menu can be
only accessed during RAM Clear procedure. To run the
Setting Machine Number and Asset Number
RAM Clear procedure see beginning of Section 2
The MACHINE NUMBER SETUP field is highlighted. Press
the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following screen is
The screen below shows SETUP menu as it appears during displayed.
RAM clear procedure. Audit Key-Exit options is no longer available.
Machine Number Setting
Machine Number Selection U KMS SETUP MACHINE NUMBER SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER 000000001

CLOCK SETUP ASSET NUMBER 123456789

GAME COMMON SETUP

MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER

CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
DENOMINATION SETUP
CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP
GAME COMMON SETUP
SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS
SETUP
SECURITY SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT Machine serial number.

BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons

on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- The BET LV 1 button moves the cursor (selection) to the pre-
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV vious, BET LV 2 moves the cursor (selection) to the next item. The
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button BET LV 3 button activates the keypad. The CHANGE button returns
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the cur- to the next screen. Select MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER the following
rent selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. screen is displayed.
The MACHINE NUMBER SETUP field is highlighted. The following
screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-22 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Machine Number Entryy Asset Number Entryy

KMS SETUP MACHINE NUMBER SETUP KMS SETUP MACHINE NUMBER SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER 000000001 MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER 000000001

ASSET NUMBER 123456789 ASSET NUMBER 123456789

MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER All Clear Cancel ASSET NUMBER All Clear Cancel
000000001 DENOMINATION SETUP 123456789 DENOMINATION SETUP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - = \ BS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - = \ BS
GAME COMMON SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP

Q W E R T Y U I O P [ ] \ Q W E R T Y U I O P [ ] \
SECURITY SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP SECURITY SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
A S D F G H J K L ; ' Enter A S D F G H J K L ; ' Enter
COMMUNICATIONS SETUP COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
Space Z X
STANDALONE C V JACKPOT
MYSTERY B N M , . / Shift Space Z X
STANDALONE C V JACKPOT
MYSTERY B N M , . / Shift
SETUP SETUP

Machine serial number. Value must be non-zero to utilize AFT of SAS 6.xx for features like promotional credits
transfers for game play.
UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE

The displayed value can be changed by pressing the buttons on

the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing NOTE: Asset number is a nine character numeric string.
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel.
The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard is
NOTE: Machine number is a nine character alphanumeric displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation. Set
string. The SELECT 1 LINE button will increment from 0 the machine serial number, then press ENTER. Press the CHANGE
to 9 and then through the alphabet. button again to return to the main KMS menu. Press the BET LV 2
The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard is button to select CLOCK SETUP field.
displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation. Set
the machine serial number, then press ENTER. Press the CHANGE Clock Setup Selection
button to return to the MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER menu. Press the KMS SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
BET LV 2 button to go to the ASSET NUMBER field. The following
screen is displayed. MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP

CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP

Asset Number Setting
KMS SETUP MACHINE NUMBER SETUP CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP
MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER 000000001

SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS

ASSET NUMBER 123456789 SETUP

ASSET NUMBER COMMUNICATIONS SETUP

DENOMINATION SETUP STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT

SETUP

GAME COMMON SETUP

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT

SECURITY SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP The CLOCK field is highlighted. Press the LINE 3 button to
Value must be non-zero to utilize AFT of SAS 6.xx for features like promotional credits enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.
transfers for game play.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The ASSET NUMBER field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3

button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-23 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Clock Setting Credit Setup Selection
KMS SETUP CLOCK SETUP KMS SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT
YEAR MONTH DAY
2009 02 11 MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP
DATE / /

HOUR MIN SEC CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP

TIME 12 : 22 : 00
CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP

GAME COMMON SETUP CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP

SECURITY SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS
SETUP

COMMUNICATIONS SETUP COMMUNICATIONS SETUP

STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP SETUP

Enter the year.

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed values can be accessed by pressing the buttons The CREDIT SETUP field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button
moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves the Setting Credit Options
cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current selection KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.
CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00

The YEAR menu is highlighted. The following screen is dis- PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00
played. JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00

$3000.00 $1000.00
Year Entryy
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD

JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE

KMS SETUP CLOCK SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW
YEAR MONTH DAY
RESIDUAL CREDITS HANPAY GAMBLE
DATE 2009 / 02 / 11
AUTO CASHOUT DISABLE ENABLE
HOUR MIN SEC
YEAR
TIME 12 : 22 : 00 2009
The maximum credits that the machine can keep on the credit meter, including both player
7 8 9 credits and any won credits.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
GAME COMMON SETUP
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
4 5 6 CLEAR
SECURITY SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
1 2 3 CANCEL The displayed values can be changed by pressing the buttons
COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
0 . ENTER on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The LINE 1 button
moves the cursor to the previous item, the LINE 2 button moves the
Enter the year.
UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT DOWN CANCEL cursor to the next item, the LINE 3 button enters the current selection
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.

The displayed values are changed by pressing the buttons on

CREDIT SETUP
the touchscreen or the lit buttons on the player interface button panel ITEM DESCRIPTION
Set the year and go to the ENTER button. Repeat for month, date and Maximum number of credits in dollar amount. Default is
CREDIT LIMIT
time. Press the CHANGE button to return to the main KMS menu. $3,000.00. Non-default range is $0.01 - $2,999.99.
Press the BET LV 2 button to select CREDIT menu. The following Any single win that exceeds this value locks up the game
JACKPOT LIMIT
screen is displayed. and is paid by an attendant.
Maximum amount the machine can cash out at one time.
PRIMARY The game will pay credits up to this limit and pay remaining
HOPPER LIMIT credits by ticket (no limit). If this option is set to 0, the game
will cash out player’s credits by ticket.
Maximum amount the hopper will pay in a ticket system
SECONDARY
down condition. The game will pay credits up to this limit
HOPPER LIMIT
and pay remaining credits by handpay (attendant pay)

P/N 810057 2-24 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

CREDIT SETUP Setting Jackpot Limit

ITEM DESCRIPTION KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

JACKPOT Any single win over this limit is not eligible for resetting jack- CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00
RESET LIMIT pot to credit meter.
PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00
TICKET LIMIT Maximum amount that can be printed on a ticket.
JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00
JACKPOT LIMIT TICKET LIMIT $3000.00
MACHINE Any cashout over this amount will go to an attendant pay,
$1200.00
CASHOUT LIMIT even if the partial pay option is enabled. MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00
7 8 9
MYSTERY JACKPOT Any mystery jackpot win over this amount will result in a JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE
THRESHOLD jackpot handpay for the entire amount of the win. 4 5 6 CLEAR
PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW
JACKPOT RESET Disable: Jackpot reset to credit meter is off.
1 2 3 CANCEL
TO CREDIT METER Enable: Jackpot reset to credit meter is on. RESIDUAL CREDITS HANPAY GAMBLE

Not Allow: Partial pay is not allowed. AUTO CASHOUT 0 DISABLE . ENABLE
ENTER
Allow: Partial pay is allowed.
In cashout, the machine will use the hopper and /or ticket
Jackpot handpay threshold. Any wins including win credits from paytable, progressives and
PARTIAL PAY as cashout devices. If the cashout amount is larger than the external system bonus that exceeds the jackpot limit value causes handpay lockup.
cashout limit of each device and this option is allowed, the UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE
machine will cash out the amount with the devices up to its
limit. If not allowed, the machine will not use the device.
Handpay: Residual credit paid by attendant. The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard is
RESIDUAL
Gamble: Residual credits are wagered in a residual credit
CREDITS
mini-game. displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation. Set
Disable: Auto cashout is disabled.
the JACKPOT LIMIT, then press ENTER. Press the CHANGE button
Enable: When enabled with credits on the credit meter and to return to the CREDIT SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to
AUTO CASHOUT
the machine is disabled by host, the machine cashes out go to the PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT menu. Press the BET LV 3 button
automatically.
to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

The CREDIT LIMIT menu is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 Setting Primary Hopper Limit
button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

Setting Credit Limit CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00

KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00

JACKPOT RESET LIMIT PRIMARY HOPPER TICKET

$1200.00 LIMIT LIMIT $3000.00
CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00
$0.00
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00
PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00
7 8 9
JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE
JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00
CREDIT LIMIT TICKET LIMIT $3000.00
$3000.00 4 5 6 CLEAR
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00 PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW

7 8 9 RESIDUAL CREDITS 1 2
HANPAY 3 CANCEL
GAMBLE
JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE
4 5 6 CLEAR AUTO CASHOUT 0 DISABLE . ENABLE
ENTER
PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW

RESIDUAL CREDITS 1 2
HANPAY 3 CANCEL
GAMBLE
Configures the number of coins the machine will cash out from hopper prior to cashout
ticket printing.
AUTO CASHOUT 0 DISABLE . ENABLE
ENTER UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE

The maximum credits that the machine can keep on the credit meter, including both player credits and any won credits.
UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5
CANCEL
CHANGE
The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard
is displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation.
Set the PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT, then press ENTER. Press the
CHANGE button to return to the CREDIT SETUP menu. Press the
The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard is BET LV 2 button to go to the SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT menu.
displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation. Set the Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following screen
credit limit, then press ENTER. Press the CHANGE button to return is displayed.
to the CREDIT SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to
the JACKPOT LIMIT field. The following screen is displayed. Press
the CHANGE button to return to the main CREDIT menu. Press the
BET LV 2 button to go to the JACKPOT LIMIT field.

P/N 810057 2-25 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Setting Secondary Hopper Limit Setting Ticket Limit

KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00 CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00

PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00

JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET

SECONDARY HOPPER LIMITLIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00
TICKET LIMIT
$0.00 $3000.00
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00 MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00
7 8 9 7 8 9
JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE
4 5 6 CLEAR 4 5 6 CLEAR
PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW

RESIDUAL CREDITS 1 2
HANPAY 3 CANCEL
GAMBLE 1 2 3 CANCEL
RESIDUAL CREDITS HANPAY GAMBLE

AUTO CASHOUT 0 DISABLE . ENABLE

ENTER AUTO CASHOUT 0 DISABLE . ENABLE
ENTER

Configures the number of coins the machine will cash out from hopper after cashout ticket printing. Configures the ticket cashout limit amount
UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE

The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard is The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard is
displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation. Set the displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation. Set the
PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT, then press ENTER. Press the CHANGE PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT, then press ENTER. Press the CHANGE
button to return to the CREDIT SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to return to the CREDIT SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 2
button to go to the JACKPOT RESET LIMIT menu. Press the BET LV button to go to the MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT. Press the BET LV 3
3 button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

Setting Jackpot Reset Limit Setting Machine Cashout Limit

KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00

CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00
PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00
PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00
JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT
JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $3000.00
JACKPOT RESET LIMIT MACHINE CASHOUTTICKET
$1200.00 LIMIT LIMIT $3000.00
$1200.00
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00 $3000.00
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00
7 8 9
JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE 7 8 9
JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE
4 5 6 CLEAR
PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW 4 5 6 CLEAR
PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW
RESIDUAL CREDITS 1 2
HANPAY 3 CANCEL
GAMBLE
RESIDUAL CREDITS 1 2
HANPAY 3 CANCEL
GAMBLE
AUTO CASHOUT 0 DISABLE . ENABLE
ENTER
AUTO CASHOUT 0 DISABLE . ENABLE
ENTER

If the ‘Reset jackpot to credit meter’ option is enabled and a jackpot less than this option value can be paid to credit meter.
Configure a cashout limit where entire cashout amount goes to handpay pay. Entire cashout
UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT amount exceeds this limit always goes to handpay pay even if partial pay option is set to ON.
CANCEL
UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE

The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard is The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard is
displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation. Set displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation. Set the
the JACKPOT RESET LIMIT, then press ENTER. Press the CHANGE PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT, then press ENTER. Press the CHANGE
button to return to the CREDIT SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to return to the CREDIT SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 2 but-
button to go to the TICKET LIMIT menu. Press the BET LV 3 button ton to go to the MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD. Press the BET LV
to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. 3 button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-26 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Setting Mystery Jackpot Threshold Setting Jackpot Reset to Credit Meter (Enable)
KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00 CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00

PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00

JACKPOT RESET LIMIT MYSTERY JACKPOTTICKET

$1200.00 LIMIT
THRESHOLD $3000.00 JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00
$1000.00
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00 MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00
7 8 9
JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE

4 5 6 CLEAR PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW

PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW

RESIDUAL CREDITS 1 2
HANPAY 3 CANCEL
GAMBLE RESIDUAL CREDITS HANPAY GAMBLE

AUTO CASHOUT 0 DISABLE . ENABLE

ENTER AUTO CASHOUT DISABLE ENABLE

Configure a limit where entire mystery jackpot amount goes to attendant pay. Enable will pay the jackpot amount to credit meter.
Entire mystery jackpot amount exceeds this limit always goes to handpay.
UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The BET LV 1-5 buttons are not active while the keyboard is To set the JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER to ENABLE,
displayed. The CHANGE button cancels the current operation. Set the press the BET LV 2 button to go to enable and press the BET LV 3
PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT, then press ENTER. Press the CHANGE button to enter the selection. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the
button to return to the CREDIT SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 2 PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW field. The displayed menus can be ac-
button to go to the JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE cessed by pressing the buttons on the touchscreen or, in the event
menu. The following screen is displayed. of a touchscreen failure, by pressing the lit buttons on the player
interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button moves the cursor to the
Setting Jackpot Reset to Credit Meter (Disable) previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves the cursor to the next item,
KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
the BET LV 3 button enters the current selection and the CHANGE
button returns to the previous menu.
CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00

PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 Setting Partial Pay (Not Allow)
JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00 KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00
CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00
JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE
PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00
PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW
JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00
RESIDUAL CREDITS HANPAY GAMBLE
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00
AUTO CASHOUT DISABLE ENABLE
JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE

PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW

Disable machine will pay the jackpot amount handpay.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT RESIDUAL CREDITS HANPAY GAMBLE
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
AUTO CASHOUT DISABLE ENABLE

To set the JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER to ENABLE, Disable partial pay, the machine will cash out by means of a cashout device which is able
to pay out the entire cashout amount.
press the BET LV 2 button to go to enable and press the BET LV 3 PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
button to enter the selection. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the
field.
To set the PARTIAL PAY to ALLOW, press the BET LV 2 button
to go to the ALLOW field and press BET LVL 3 button to enter the
selection. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-27 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Setting Partial Pay (Allow) Setting Residual Credits (Gamble)
KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00 CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00

PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00

JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00

MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00 MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00

JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE

PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW

RESIDUAL CREDITS HANDPAY GAMBLE RESIDUAL CREDITS HANDPAY GAMBLE

AUTO CASHOUT DISABLE ENABLE AUTO CASHOUT DISABLE ENABLE

Enable partial pay. The machine offers two choices to a player; Go back to regular game or Play the Mini
game.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the but-
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing tons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET
moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves LV 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2
the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current button moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters
selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. To the current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
set the residual credits to handpay, press the BET LV 2 button to go menu. To set the auto cashout to disable, press the BET LV 2 button
to the RESIDUAL CREDITS HANDPAY field and press the BET LV 3 to go to the AUTO CASHOUT field and press the BET LV 3 button to
button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

Setting Residual Credits (Handpay) Setting Auto Cashout (Disable)

KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00 CREDIT LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT LIMIT $1200.00

PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00

JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00 JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00

MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00 MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00

JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE

PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW

RESIDUAL CREDITS HANDPAY GAMBLE RESIDUAL CREDITS HANDPAY GAMBLE

AUTO CASHOUT DISABLE ENABLE AUTO CASHOUT DISABLE ENABLE

The machine goes to handpay lockup mode if credits left on credit meter after it pays out
from hopper with Secondary Hopper Limit. If machines becomes disabled by the host to not cashout
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

To set the residual credits to GAMBLE, press the BET LV 2 To set the auto cashout to enable, press the BET LV 2 button
button to go to the GAMBLE field and press BET LV 3 button to enter to go to the ENABLE field and press BET LV 3 button to enter the
the selection. The following screen is displayed. selection. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-28 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Setting Auto Cashout (Enable) Cash Devices Setup

KMS SETUP CREDIT SETUP KMS SETUP CASH DEVICE SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

CREDIT LIMIT JACKPOT LIMIT BILL VALIDATOR NONE JCM-WBA MARS

$3000.00 $1200.00
$1 $5 $10 $20 $50 $100
PRIMARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00 SECONDARY HOPPER LIMIT $0.00
STACKER FULL NO TILT TILT
JACKPOT RESET LIMIT $1200.00 TICKET LIMIT $3000.00
PRINTER NONE ITHACA SEIKO
MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT $3000.00 MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD $1000.00
COIN ACCEPTOR NOT USE USE HOPPER NOT USE USE
JACKPOT RESET TO CREDIT METER DISABLE ENABLE
TICKET OUT SOUND DISABLE ENABLE
PARTIAL PAY NOT ALLOW ALLOW
NONCASHABLE PRINT TITLE PLAYBLE ONLY
RESIDUAL CREDITS HANDPAY GAMBLE
DEBIT PRINT TITLE DEBIT TICKET DEMO BARCODE SCANABLE
AUTO CASHOUT DISABLE ENABLE
DEMO PRINT TITLE VOID DEMO VOID DISABLE ENABLE

The machine will cash out automatically when the machines become disabled by the host. No bill validator in use.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button
moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves the moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves
cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current selection the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current
and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.

Press the CHANGE button to return to the main KMS menu.

CASH DEVICE SETUP
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the CASH DEVICE SETUP ITEM DESCRIPTION
menu. The following screen is displayed. None: No Bill Validator is used.
BILL VALIDATOR JCM-WBA Bill Validator is used.
Setting Cash Devices Setup Options MARS Bill Validator is used.

KMS SETUP $1, $5, $10, $20, $50, The Bill Validator will accept highlighted denomina-
AUDIT KEY - EXIT $100 tions.
No Tilt: When the Stacker is full, no tilt will occur.
STACKER FULL
MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP Tilt: When the Stacker is full, a tilt will occur.

CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP

None: No Printer is used.
PRINTER ITHACA Printer is used.
CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP SEIKO Printer is used.
Not Use: No Coin Accepter is used.
CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP COIN ACCEPTER
Use: Coin Accepter is used.
STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS
SECURITY SETUP
SETUP Not Use: No Hopper is used.
HOPPER
Use: Hopper is used.
COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
Disable: No ticket out sound is played.
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT TICKET OUT SOUND
SETUP Enable: Ticket out sound is played.
NON-CASHABLE PRINT Allows the operator to determine the non-cashable
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT TITLE ticket print title.
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
Allows the operator to determine the debit ticket print
DEBIT PRINT TITLE
title.
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons DEMO PRINT TITLE
Allows the operator to determine the demonstration
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing ticket print title.
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button Disable: The demonstration barcode ticket is not
DEMO BARCODE scannable.
moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves
SCANNABLE Enable: The demonstration barcode ticket is scan-
the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current nable.
selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The
CASH DEVICE SETUP menu is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button
to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-29 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Setting Bill Validator Type The BET LV1-5 and CHANGE buttons are not active while the
KMS SETUP CASH DEVICE SETUP
keyboard is displayed. Set the NONCASHABLE PRINT TITLE values
AUDIT KEY-EXIT then touch the ENTER button. Use the procedure for setting the Bill
BILL VALIDATOR NONE JCM-WBA MARS Validator type to select which denomination of bills are enabled indi-
$1 $5 $10 $20 $50 $100 cated by the color yellow. Set the cash device options for the DEBIT
STACKER FULL NO TILT TILT PRINT TITLE and the DEMO PRINT TITLE. Press the BET LV 2 button
PRINTER NONE ITHACA SEIKO
to go to the NON-CASHABLE PRINT DEMO BARCODE CASHABLE
ENABLE field. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The
COIN ACCEPTOR NOT USE USE HOPPER NOT USE USE
following screen is displayed.
TICKET OUT SOUND DISABLE ENABLE

NONCASHABLE PRINT TITLE PLAYBLE ONLY Setting Demo Barcode Scanable

DEBIT PRINT TITLE DEBIT TICKET DEMO BARCODE SCANABLE KMS SETUP CASH DEVICE SETUP
AUDIT KEY-EXIT
DEMO PRINT TITLE VOID DEMO VOID DISABLE ENABLE
BILL VALIDATOR NONE JCM-WBA MARS

Select the MARS bill validator. $1 $5 $10 $20 $50 $100

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT STACKER FULL NO TILT TILT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
PRINTER NONE ITHACA SEIKO

COIN ACCEPTOR NOT USE USE HOPPER NOT USE USE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons TICKET OUT SOUND DISABLE ENABLE
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
NONCASHABLE PRINT TITLE PLAYBLE ONLY
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button DEBIT PRINT TITLE DEBIT TICKET DEMO BARCODE SCANABLE

moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the DEMO PRINT TITLE VOID DEMO VOID DISABLE ENABLE

current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous

menu. The BILL VALIDATOR NONE field is highlighted. To change Enable bill validation of demo tickets.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
to a MARS Bill Validator, press the BET LV 2 button twice to go to BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
the MARS field. Press the BET LV 3 button to select the MARS Bill
Validator. The following screen is displayed.
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
Setting Bill Validator Bill Acceptance, Stacker Full, Printer, Coin on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
Acceptor, Hopper and Ticket Out Sound ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
Use the procedure for setting the bill validator type to select 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
which denomination of bills are enabled indicated by the color yellow. moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the
Set the cash device options for the stacker full, printer, coin acceptor, current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
hopper and ticket out sound. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the menu. Press the CHANGE button to return to the SETUP menu. The
NON-CASHABLE PRINT TITLE field. Press the BET LV 3 button to following screen is displayed.
enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.
Security Setup Selection
KMS SETUP
Setting Ticket Title Strings AUDIT KEY - EXIT

KMS SETUP CASH DEVICE SETUP

AUDIT KEY-EXIT
MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP
BILL VALIDATOR NONE JCM-WBA MARS
CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP
$1 $5 $10 $20 $50 $100

STACKER FULL PRINT TITLE

NONCASHABLE NO TILT TILT All Clear Cancel CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP

PLAYABLE
PRINTER ONLY NONE ITHACA SEIKO
CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP
1 ACCEPTOR
COIN 2 3 4 5 NOT USE
6 7 USE8 9 0
HOPPER- = USE \
NOT BS
USE
SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS
TICKET SETUP
Q OUT
W SOUND
E R DISABLE
T Y ENABLE
U I O P [ ] \
NONCASHABLE PRINT TITLE COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
PLAYBLE ONLY
A S D F G H J K L ; ' Enter
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
DEBIT PRINT TITLE DEBIT TICKET DEMO BARCODE SCANABLE SETUP
Space Z X C V B N M , . / Shift
DEMO PRINT TITLE VOID DEMO VOID DISABLE ENABLE

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT

Noncashable/playable title string. BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons

on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button

P/N 810057 2-30 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves the Setting Electro-Mechanical Meters On/Off
cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current selection Use the procedure for turning on #1 COIN IN to select which
and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The SECURITY meters are enabled indicated by the color yellow. Set on/off status
OPTION field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the field. for #2 COIN OUT, #3 TOTAL DROP, #4 JACKPOT ATTENDANT PAY
The following screen is displayed. and #5 TOTAL BILLS IN. Press the BET LV 2 button twice to go to the
DROP DOOR SWITCH ON field. Press the LINE 3 button to enter the
Security Setup 1 selection. The following screen is displayed.
KMS SETUP SECURITY SETUP
AUDIT KEY-EXIT

NONE
Security Setup 2
#1 COIN IN OFF ON #6 OFF ON
KMS SETUP SECURITY SETUP
AUDIT KEY-EXIT
#2 COIN OUT OFF ON #7 OFF ON

#1 COIN IN NONE
OFF ON #6 OFF ON
#3 TOTAL DROP OFF ON #8 OFF ON

#4 JACKPOT ATTENDANT PAY OFF ON #9 OFF ON #2 COIN OUT OFF ON #7 OFF ON

#5 TOTAL BILLS IN OFF ON #10 OFF ON #3 TOTAL DROP OFF ON #8 OFF ON

#4 JACKPOT ATTENDANT PAY OFF ON #9 OFF ON

DROP DOOR SWITCH OFF ON #5 TOTAL BILLS IN OFF ON #10 OFF ON

FILL BOX DOOR SWITCH OFF ON

DROP DOOR SWITCH OFF ON

Enable EM counter 1 hardware device. FILL BOX DOOR SWITCH OFF ON

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
Disable EM counter 3 hardware device.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-

ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button
current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves
menu. The #1 COIN IN field is highlighted. To turn the #1 coin in to the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current
off, press the BET LV 3 button to enter the field. The following screen selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.
is displayed.
Setting Drop Door and Fill Door OFF/ON
SECURITY MENU KMS SETUP SECURITY SETUP
AUDIT KEY-EXIT

ITEM DESCRIPTION #1 COIN IN NONE

OFF ON #6 OFF ON

OFF: The meter will not increment for coin in. #2 COIN OUT OFF ON #7 OFF ON
#1 COIN IN
ON: The meter will increment for coin in.
#3 TOTAL DROP OFF ON #8 OFF ON
OFF: The meter will not increment for coin out.
#2 COIN OUT
ON: The meter will increment for coin out. #4 JACKPOT ATTENDANT PAY OFF ON #9 OFF ON

OFF: The meter will not increment for coin drop. #5 TOTAL BILLS IN OFF ON #10 OFF ON
#3 COIN DROP
ON: The meter will increment for coin drop.
#4 JACKPOT
OFF: The meter will not increment for jackpot attendant pay. DROP DOOR SWITCH OFF ON
ATTENDANT
ON: The meter will increment for jackpot attendant pay
PAY FILL BOX DOOR SWITCH OFF ON

#5 TOTAL BILLS OFF: The meter will not increment for total bills in.
IN ON: The meter will increment for total bills in.
Disable the drop door switch.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
#6-10 Reserved for future use. Should be set to OFF BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

DROP DOOR OFF: The Drop Door is not checked.

SWITCH ON: The meter will increment for total bills in.
Use the procedure for turning on the DROP DOOR SWITCH
FILL BOX OFF: The Fill Box Door is not checked. to on to select the FILL BOX DOOR SWITCH OFF/ON indicated by
DOOR SWITCH ON: The Fill Box Door is checked.
the color yellow. Set on/off status for the fill box door switch. Press
the CHANGE button to return to the main KMS menu. Press the BET
LV 2 button to go to the COMMUNICATIONS SETUP menu. The fol-
lowing screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-31 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Communication Setup Selection COMMUNICATIONS MENU

KMS SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
ITEM DESCRIPTION
MACHINE NUMBER SETUP
COMMUNICATION CHAN- Sets the address and protocol for the three com-
SOUND SETUP
NEL SETUP munication connections.
CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP Sets, the channel for machine control, receive time,
CONTROLLER SETUP ticket in/ticket out, system bonusing, EFT/AFT,
CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
linked progressive, and mystery jackpot.
CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP Sets the remote handpay reset and handpay queue
SAS PROTOCOL SETUP
for use or no use.
SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS
SETUP Set the validation mode type, communication down
operation mode, ticket out mode, cashable voucher
COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
VALIDATION SETUP
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
expiration, promotional coupon expiration, and lo-
SETUP cation information.
CASHLESS TRANSFER Sets the cashless transfer for EFT/AFT, the avail-
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
SETUP able transfer type, and the partial transfer type.
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
PROGRESSIVE SETUP Sets the progressives options.

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons

Communication Channel Setup
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SETUP
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 but- AUDIT KEY - EXIT

ton moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves ADDRESS COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL LOCKUP

the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current CH1 (CNB35) 0 NONE SAS SDS MIKOHN NO YES
selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The
CH2 (CNB36) 0 NONE SAS SDS MIKOHN NO YES
COMMUNICATION SETUP field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3
button to enter the field. The following screen is displayed. CH3 (CNB37) 0 NONE SAS SDS MIKOHN NO YES

Communications Channel Setup Selection GAT3 Channel OFF CHANNEL 1

(CBN35)
CHANNEL 2
(CBN36)
CHANNEL 3
(CBN37)
CHANNEL 4
(CBN14)
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SETUP

CONTROLLER SETUP
Set address for channel 1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
SAS PROTOCOL SETUP
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
VALIDATION SETUP

CASHLESS TRANSFER SETUP The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
PROGRESSIVE SETUP
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 but-
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP ton moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves
the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current
selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE COMMUNICATION CHANNEL field is highlighted. Press the BET LV
3 button to enter the field. The following screen is displayed.
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the but-
tons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET
LV 2 button moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button
enters the current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the
previous menu. The COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SETUP field is
highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the field. The following
screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-32 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Communications Channel Address Setup Controller Setup Machine Control
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SETUP KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION CONTROLLER SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT
ADDRESS COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL LOCKUP CONTROLLER SETUP
MACHINE CONTROL NONE CH1 CH2 CH3
CH1 (CNB35) 0 NONE SAS SDS MIKOHN NO YES
RECEIVE TIME NONE CH1 CH2 CH3
CH2 (CNB36) 0 CH1NONE
(CNB35) SAS SDS MIKOHN NO YES
1 TICKET IN/TICKET OUT NONE CH1 CH2 CH3
CH3 (CNB37) 0 NONE SAS SDS MIKOHN NO YES
7 8 9 LEGACY BONUSING NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

4 5 6 CLEAR EFT/AFT NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

GAT3 Channel OFF CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 2 CHANNEL 3 CHANNEL 4
(CBN35) (CBN36) (CBN37) (CBN14)
1 2 3 CANCEL LINKED PROGRESSIVE NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

0 . ENTER MYSTERY JACKPOT NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

SDS COUPON NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

Set address for channel 1 No controller used for machine control.

UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed values can be changed by pressing the buttons The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
on the keypad. The BET LV1-5 and CHANGE buttons are not active on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing
while the keypad is displayed. After entering the values, press ENTER. the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 button
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the next parameter. moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves
the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current
To set the CH1 CNB35 to SAS, press the BET LV 2 button selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.
twice the press the BET LV 3 button. The protocol is set to SAS. Use
the procedure for setting the CH1 CNB35, to select CH2 CNB36, and
CH3 CNB37 address and protocol indicated by the color yellow. Press CONTROLLER SETUP
the CHANGE button to return to the main COMMUNICATION menu. ITEM DESCRIPTION
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the CONTROLLER SETUP menu.
Sets the communication channel the machine will
The following screen is displayed. MACHINE CONTROL use to receive machine control commands, such as
Enable/Disable the Bill Acceptor.
Controller Setup Selection Sets the communication channel for receive item
RECEIVE TIME
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATIONS SETUP from the host.
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
Sets the communication channel for ticket in/ticket
TICKET IN/TICKET OUT
out.
COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SETUP
Sets the communication channel for legacy bonus-
LEGACY BONUSING
CONTROLLER SETUP ing.
SAS PROTOCOL SETUP
EFT/AFT Sets the communication channel to EFT/AFT.
VALIDATION SETUP
Sets the communication channel for a linked pro-
LINKED PROGRESSIVE
CASHLESS TRANSFER SETUP gressive.
Sets the communication channel for the mystery
PROGRESSIVE SETUP MYSTERY JACKPOT
jackpot.
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP SDS COUPON Sets the communication channel for SDS coupon.

The MACHINE CONTROL field is highlighted. Press the BET

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
LV 2 button to go to the required controller channel button. Press the
BET LV 3 button to enter the field. To set the machine control to CH3,
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons press the BET LV 2 three times and press the BET LV 3 button to enter
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- the selection. The following screen is displayed.
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button Use the procedure for setting the machine control to select
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the cur- the controller channel for the receive time, ticket in/ticket out, system
rent selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. bonusing, EFT/AFT, linked progressive and mystery jackpot indicated
The CONTROLLER SETUP field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 by the color yellow.
button to enter the field. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-33 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Controller Setup EFT/AFT Control Remote Handpay Disable
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION CONTROLLER SETUP KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION SAS PROTOCOL SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT
CONTROLLER SETUP
MACHINE CONTROL NONE CH1 CH2 CH3 REMOTE HANDPAY RESET DISABLE ENABLE

RECEIVE TIME NONE CH1 CH2 CH3 HANDPAY QUEUE NOT USE USE
TICKET IN/TICKET OUT NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

LEGACY BONUSING NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

EFT/AFT NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

LINKED PROGRESSIVE NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

MYSTERY JACKPOT NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

SDS COUPON NONE CH1 CH2 CH3

Machine control used on channel 3. Disable remote handpay reset.

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

Press the CHANGE button to go to the SAS PROTOCOL

SETUP menu. Press the CHANGE button to return to the main COM- SAS PROTOCOL SETUP
MUNICATION menu. The following screen is displayed.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Settings SAS Protocol Selection Disable: The remote handpay reset function is
REMOTE HANDPAY disabled.
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT RESET Enable: The remote handpay reset function is
enabled.
COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SETUP Not Use: The handpay queue is not used.
HANDPAY QUEUE
Use: The handpay queue is used.
CONTROLLER SETUP

SAS PROTOCOL SETUP The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
VALIDATION SETUP
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
CASHLESS TRANSFER SETUP 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
PROGRESSIVE SETUP moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the
current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP menu. The REMOTE HANDPAY RESET field is highlighted. Press
the BET LV 2 button to go to the required remote handpay reset button.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the field. To set the remote handpay
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE reset to DISABLE, press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection.
The following screen is displayed.
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
Remote Handpay Enable
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION SAS PROTOCOL SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the REMOTE HANDPAY RESET DISABLE ENABLE

current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous HANDPAY QUEUE NOT USE USE
menu. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following
screen is displayed.

Enable remote handpay reset.

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

P/N 810057 2-34 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Use the procedure for setting the remote handpay reset to
VALIDATION SETUP MENU
set the handpay queue option indicated by the color yellow. Press
the CHANGE button to return to the main COMMUNICATION menu. ITEM DESCRIPTION
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the VALIDATION SETUP menu. No Validation: No validation scheme is used.
The following screen is displayed. Standard validation scheme is used. Tickets can
be printed but must be redeemed by a cashier.
VALIDATION MODE
Validation Setup Selection Secure Enhanced: Validation is by the game with
data seeded by the system.
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
System: Validation is by the system.
No Tilt: No tilt will occur when communication with
COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SETUP COMMUNICATION DOWN system is lost.
OPERATION Tilt will occur when communication with system is
CONTROLLER SETUP lost.
SAS PROTOCOL SETUP None: No ticket will be printed.
Cashout: Ticket will be printed for cashout only.
VALIDATION SETUP Promo Coupon: Ticket will be printed for promo-
TICKET OUT
tional coupon only.
CASHLESS TRANSFER SETUP
Cashout and Promo: Ticket will be printed for both
PROGRESSIVE SETUP
cashout and promotional coupon.
None: No handpay receipt will be printed.
HANDPAY RECEIPT Jackpot: Handpay receipt will be printed for jackpot
only.
CASHABLE VOUCHER Sets the number of days before the cashable
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
EXPIRATION voucher expires. Can be overridden by system.
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
PROMOTIONAL COUPON Sets the number of days before the promotional
EXPIRATION coupon expires. Can be overridden by system.
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons Operator editable text string for the location of the
LOCATION
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing machine.
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 but- Operator editable text string for line 1 of the ad-
ADDRESS 1
ton moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves dress.
the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current Operator editable text string for line 2 of the ad-
ADDRESS 2
selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The dress.
VALIDATION SETUP field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button
to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. The VALIDATION MODE/NO VALIDATION field is highlighted.
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the validation mode required. Press
Validation Setup Menu the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. To set the validation mode
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION VALIDATION SETUP to system, press the BET LV 2 button three times. Press the BET LV 3
AUTO KEY - EXIT
button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.
VALIDATION MODE NO VALIDATION STANDARD SECURE ENHANCED SYSTEM

COMM. DOWN OPERATION NO TILT TILT Validation Mode Setup

TICKET OUT NONE CASHOUT PROMO COUPON CAHOUT AND KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION VALIDATION SETUP
PROMO AUTO KEY - EXIT
HANDPAY RECEIPT NONE JACKPOT CASHOUT JACKPOT AND
CASHOUT
VALIDATION MODE NO VALIDATION STANDARD SECURE ENHANCED SYSTEM
CASHABLE VOUCHER EXPIRATION 0
COMM. DOWN OPERATION NO TILT TILT
PROMOTIONAL COUPON EXPIRATION 0
TICKET OUT NONE CASHOUT PROMO COUPON CAHOUT AND
PROMO
LOCATION
HANDPAY RECEIPT NONE JACKPOT CASHOUT JACKPOT AND
CASHOUT
ADDRESS 1
CASHABLE VOUCHER EXPIRATION 0
ADDRESS 2
PROMOTIONAL COUPON EXPIRATION 0

No validation for TITO. LOCATION

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE ADDRESS 1

ADDRESS 2

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the but- System validation for TITO cashout
tons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT

by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

BET LV 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET
LV 2 button moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button Use the procedure for setting the validation mode to set the
enters the current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the COMM. DOWN OPERATION, TICKET OUT and HANDPAY RECEIPT
previous menu. option indicated by the color yellow. Press the CHANGE button to
return to the main COMMUNICATION menu. Press the BET LV 2

P/N 810057 2-35 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
button to go to the CASHABLE VOUCHER EXPIRATION menu. Press Cashless Transfer Setup Selection
the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following screen is KMS SETUP COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
displayed. AUDIT KEY - EXIT

COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SETUP

Cashble Voucher Expiration
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION VALIDATION SETUP CONTROLLER SETUP
AUTO KEY - EXIT
SAS PROTOCOL SETUP
VALIDATION MODE NO VALIDATION STANDARD SECURE ENHANCED SYSTEM
VALIDATION SETUP
COMM. DOWN OPERATION NO TILT TILT

TICKET OUT NONECASHABLE VOUCHER

CASHOUT PROMO COUPON CAHOUT AND CASHLESS TRANSFER SETUP
EXPIRATION PROMO
HANDPAY RECEIPT NONE JACKPOT 0 CASHOUT JACKPOT AND
CASHOUT PROGRESSIVE SETUP
7 8 09
CASHABLE VOUCHER EXPIRATION

PROMOTIONAL COUPON EXPIRATION 4 5 06 CLEAR

LOCATION 1 2 3 CANCEL
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
ADDRESS 1
0 . ENTER BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
ADDRESS 2

Enter the number of days ticket will be valid. The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
UP
BET LV 1
DOWN
BET LV 2
LEFT
BET LV 3
RIGHT
BET LV 4
SELECT CANCEL
CHANGE
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
BET LV 5
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
The BET LV1-5 and CHANGE buttons are not active while the moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the
keyboard is displayed. Set the CASHABLE VOUCHER EXPIRATION current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
values then touch the ENTER button. menu. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following
screen is displayed.
Press the CHANGE button to return to the main VALIDATION
SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the LOCATION Cashless Transfer Setup
menu. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION CASHLESS TRANSFER SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
screen is displayed.
CASHLESS TRANSFER EFT AFT

Location Setup AFT AVAILABLE

TRANSFER IN-HOUSE DEBIT TILT BONUS

KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION VALIDATION SETUP EFT/AFT FULLNONE

TRANSFER ONLY ALLOW PARTIAL TRANSFER
AUTO KEY - EXIT PARTIAL TRANSFER

VALIDATION MODE NO VALIDATION STANDARD SECURE ENHANCED SYSTEM REGISTRATION STATUS NOT REISTERED
POS ID 0
COMM. DOWN OPERATION NO TILT TILT
CAHOUT AND REGISTRATION INITIATE ACKNOWLEDGE
TICKET OUT
LOCATION NONE CASHOUT PROMO COUPON PROMO
All Clear Cancel
JACKPOT AND CANCEL PRINT STATUS
HANDPAY RECEIPT NONE JACKPOT CASHOUT CASHOUT
“INITIATE” BUTTON INITIATES NEW AFT REGISTRATION CYCLE.
1
CASHABLE 2 3 EXPIRATION
VOUCHER 4 5 6 7 08 9 0 - = \ BS “ACKNOWLEDGE” BUTTON PERFORMS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO A HOST REQUEST.
“CANCEL BUTTON CANCELS CURRENT REGISTRATION.
”PRINT STATUS” BUTTON PRINTS A REGISTRATION RECEIPT IF AFT REGISTRATION CYCLE COMPLETES
PROMOTIONAL
Q W COUPON
E EXPIRATION
R T Y U 0 I O P [ ] \ AND THE MACHINE IS REGISTERED.

LOCATION Allow EFT cashless transfers.

A S D F G H J K L ; ' Enter PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
ADDRESS 1 BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
Space Z X C V B N M , . / Shift
ADDRESS 2

Enter casino name to be printed on coupons.

UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE

The BET LV1-5 and CHANGE buttons are not active while the
keyboard is displayed. Enter the LOCATION values then touch the
ENTER button. Repeat the procedure for ADDRESS 1 & 2.

Press the CHANGE button again to return to the COMMUNI-

CATION menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the CASHLESS
TRANSFER SETUP menu. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-36 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Progressive Setup Selection
CASHLESS TRANSFER SETUP MENU
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
ITEM DESCRIPTION AUDIT KEY - EXIT

EFT cashless transfer is used.

CASHLESS TRANSFER COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SETUP
AFT cashless transfer is used.
CONTROLLER SETUP
IN-HOUSE: Cashless transfer with in-house account
AFT AVAILABLE TRANS- only. SAS PROTOCOL SETUP
FER DEBIT: Cashless transfer via debit card.
BONUS: Cashless transfer via system bonus. VALIDATION SETUP

FULL TRANSFER ONLY: The machine will only per- CASHLESS TRANSFER SETUP
EFT/AFT form transfers for the full requested amount.
PARTIAL TRANSFER ALLOW PARTIAL TRANSFER: The machine will per- PROGRESSIVE SETUP
form transfer for less then the requested amount.
Displays the current AFT registration status of the
REGISTRATION STATUS
machine.

POS ID Displays the POS ID for the machine. PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
INITIATE: This button will initiate an AFT registration
cycle with the host.
ACKNOWLEDGE: This button will acknowledge a The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
host AFT registration request. on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
REGISTRATION CANCEL: This button will cancel the current AFT ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
registration.
PRINT STATUS: This button will print an AFT regis- 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
tration receipt after the machine has been success- moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the
fully registered. current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the PROGRESSIVE SETUP
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons field. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- screen is displayed.
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button Progressive Setup
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION PROGRESSIVE SETUP
current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous PROGRESSIVE CONTROLLER STANDALONE INITIAL/CURRENT RESET
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
INCREMENT
menu. The EFT field is highlighted. To enable AFT, press the BET LV NONE STANDALONE
PROGRESSIVE VALUE VALUE RATE

2 button to go to the AFT field. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter MIKOHN SAS
LEVEL 1 $ 0.00
TILT
$ 1000.00 1.00%

the selection. PROGRESSIVE GROUP

LEVEL 2 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%

0 STANDALONE LEVEL 3 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%

Use the procedure for setting the CASHLESS TRANSFER STANDALONE PROGRESSIVE RATE LEVEL 4 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
to set the AFT AVAILABLE TRANSFER and PARTIAL TRANSFER KEEP RESET
LEVEL 5 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
options. Press the CHANGE button to return to the main COMMU- MYSTERY JACKPOT CONTROLLER
LEVEL 6 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
NICATIONS SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the NONE MIKOHN

PROGRESSIVE SETUP menu. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter STANDALONE LEVEL 7 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%

the selection. The following screen is displayed. MYSTERY JACKPOT AWARD LEVEL 8 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
CREDIT PRIZE

Allow EFT cashless transfers.

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

PROGRESSIVE SETUP
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NONE: No progressive controller is used.
Standalone: The machine uses standalone progres-
PROGRESSIVE
sive.
CONTROLLER
MIKOHN: The machine uses a Mikohn Controller.
SAS: The machine uses a SAS Controller.

PROGRESSIVE GROUP Progressive group ID number.

P/N 810057 2-37 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

PROGRESSIVE SETUP Progressive Controller Level 1

KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION PROGRESSIVE SETUP
ITEM DESCRIPTION AUDIT KEY - EXIT
PROGRESSIVE CONTROLLER STANDALONE INITIAL/CURRENT RESET INCREMENT
KEEP: This setting will remain the progressive rate NONE STANDALONE
PROGRESSIVE VALUE VALUE RATE
STANDALONE after a progressive has been won. LEVEL 1 $ 0.00
TILT
$ 1000.00 1.00%
MIKOHN SAS
PROGRESSIVE RATE RESET: This setting will reset the progressive rate to LEVEL $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
LEVEL21
0% after a progressive has been won. PROGRESSIVE CONTROLLER NONE
LEVEL 3 $0.00
$ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
0
NONE: No mystery jackpot controller is used. NONE
MYSTERY JACKPOT PROGRESSIVE CONTROLLER 7 8 9
MIKOHN: A Mikohn mystery jackpot controller is LEVEL 4 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
CONTROLLER KEEP RESET
used. 4 5 5
LEVEL 6 $ 0.00
CLEAR $ 1000.00 1.00%
PROGRESSIVE CONTROLLER
MYSTERY JACKPOT CREDIT: Mystery jackpots are awarded as credits. LEVEL $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
NONE MIKOHN 1 6 2 3 CANCEL
AWARD PRIZE: Mystery jackpots are awarded as a prize.
STANDALONE LEVEL 7 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
STANDALONE 0 . ENTER
PROGRESSIVE CONTROLLER $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
PROGRESSIVE INITIAL Initial value of the standalone progressive jackpot. LEVEL 8
CREDIT PRIZE
VALUE (1-8)
STANDALONE Level 1 Inital Value.
Up Left Right Select Down Cancel
PROGRESSIVE RESET Reset value of the standalone progressive jackpot.
BET LEVEL 1 BET LEVEL 2 BET LEVEL 3 BET LEVEL 4 SPIN CHANGE
VALUE (1-8)
STANDALONE
Increment rate of the standalone progressive jack-
PROGRESSIVE
pot.
INCREMENT RATE (1-8) The displayed values can be changed by pressing the buttons
on the keypad. The BET LV1-5 and CHANGE buttons are not active
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons while the keypad is displayed. After entering the values, press ENTER.
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing Press the CHANGE button again to return to the main SETUP menu.
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 but- Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the SOUND SETUP menu. The
ton moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves following screen is displayed.
the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current
selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The Sound Setup Selection
PROGRESSIVE CONTROLLER NONE field is highlighted. To enable KMS SETUP
the MIKOHN controller, press the BET LV 2 button twice to go to the AUDIT KEY - EXIT

MIKOHN field. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The
following screen is displayed. MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP

CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP

Progressive Controller Setup
CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
KMS SETUP COMMUNICATION PROGRESSIVE SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP
PROGRESSIVE CONTROLLER STANDALONE INITIAL/CURRENT RESET INCREMENT
PROGRESSIVE VALUE VALUE RATE
NONE STANDALONE
SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS
LEVEL 1 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00% SETUP
MIKOHN SAS TILT
LEVEL 2 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00% COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
PROGRESSIVE GROUP
0 LEVEL 3 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00% STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP
STANDALONE PROGRESSIVE RATE LEVEL 4 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
KEEP RESET
LEVEL 5 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%
MYSTERY JACKPOT CONTORLLER PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
LEVEL 6 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00% BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
NONE MIKOHN

STANDALONE LEVEL 7 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00%

MYSTERY JACKPOT AWARD LEVEL 8 $ 0.00 $ 1000.00 1.00% Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following
CREDIT PRIZE screen is displayed.
No progressive controller.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

Press the BET LV 2 button twice to go to the PROGRESSIVE

GROUP field. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The
following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-38 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Sound Setup Game Common Selection

KMS SETUP SOUND SETUP KMS SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

GAME MODE 0
MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP
(0: QUIET - 20: LOUND)

CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP

CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP

CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP

SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS

SETUP

COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP

Adjustment for master sound volume.

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the
current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
menu. The GAME MODE field is highlighted. Press the BET LEVEL menu. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following
3 button to enter the field. The following screen is displayed. screen is displayed.

Setting Sound Level Credit Intervention Setup

KMS SETUP SOUND SETUP KMS SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

GAME MODE 0 CREDIT INTERVENTION TOUCH PANEL

(0: QUIET - 20: LOUND) OFF CREDIT UP QUICK PLAY NOT USE USE
GAME MODE ATTRACT MODE
0 DISABLE CASH
ENABLE
7 8 9 ATTRACT INTERVAL TIME (MIN.)

4 5 6 CLEAR 2

1 2 3 CANCEL

0 . ENTER

Adjustment for master sound volume. Setting Credit Itervention to credit up will allow player to hit button to shortcut credit count up.
UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT SELECT CANCEL PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed values can be changed by pressing the buttons The following table details the GAME COMMON SETUP
on the keypad. The BET LV1-5 and CHANGE buttons are not active information.
while the keypad is displayed. After entering the sound level value, Select CREDIT INTERVENTION, ATTRACT MODE and
press ENTER. Press CHANGE TO return to the KMS SETUP main TOUCH PANEL settings.
menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the GAME COMMON
SETUP field. The following menu is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-39 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Press the BET LEVEL 3 button. The following screen is dis-
GAME COMMON SETUP played.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
OFF: Setting Credit Intervention to off will not allow player Paytable Setup
to alter the credit count up routing. KMS SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
CREDIT UP: Setting Credit Intervention to credit up will
CREDIT
allow player to hit button to shortcut credit count up. $0.01
INTERVENTION $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25
QUICK PLAY: Setting Credit Intervention to quick play 86.49% NONE NONE NONE NONE
will allow player to shortcut credit count up and begin new
game at the same time. $0.50 $1.00 $2.00 $5.00
NONE NONE NONE NONE
DISABLE: Disable Attract mode.
ATTRACT MODE
ENABLE: Enable Attract mode.
TOUCH NOT USE: Disable the touch panel device.
BET CONFIGURATION
PANEL USE: Enable the touch panel device.
135 [ 1 2 3 5 10]
30 [ 1 5 10 20 30 ] YES
EXTRA BET
Press the ATTRACT INTERVAL TIME field. The following 10
screen is displayed.
MAX BET: 135 ( = BASE BET X MAX BET LEVEL + EXTRA BET)
Select payout percentage for denomination.
Attract Time Setup PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
KMS SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP
AUDIT KEY - EXIT BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

CREDIT INTERVENTION TOUCH PANEL

OFF CREDIT UP QUICK PLAY NOT USE USE The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the but-
ATTRACT MODE tons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
ATTRACT TIME INTERVAL MINUTES
DISABLE CASH
ENABLE by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
ATTRACT INTERVAL TIME (MIN.)
7 8 9
BET LV 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET
2 LV 2 button moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button
4 5 6 CLEAR
enters the current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the
1 2 3 CANCEL previous menu.
0 . ENTER
Press the LINE 2 button to go to the DENOMINATION SETUP
The time interval between the attract display.
field. The following screen is displayed.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE Denomination Setup Selection
KMS SETUP
Enter the Attract Time interval. Press the ENTER button. The AUDIT KEY - EXIT

GAME COMMON SETUP menu is displayed. Press the CHANGE

MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP
button again to return to the main SETUP menu. Press the LINE 2
button to go to the PAYTABLE SETUP menu. The following screen CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP
is displayed.
CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP

Pay Table Setup Selection CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP

KMS SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS

AUDIT KEY - EXIT SECURITY SETUP
SETUP

COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP
CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP

CREDIT SETUP PAY TABLE SETUP PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP

SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS

SETUP Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the DENOMINATION SETUP
COMMUNICATIONS SETUP field. The following screen is displayed.
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT

BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

P/N 810057 2-40 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Denomination Setup Stand Alone Progressive Bonus Selection
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons KMS SETUP
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing AUDIT KEY - EXIT

the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 but-
ton moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves MACHINE NUMBER SETUP SOUND SETUP

the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current CLOCK SETUP GAME COMMON SETUP
selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The
CREDIT SETUP
DEFAULT DENOMINATION field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 PAY TABLE SETUP

button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. CASH DEVICE SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP

SECURITY SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS

Denomination Setup Settings SETUP

KMS SETUP DENOMINATION SETUP COMMUNICATIONS SETUP

AUDIT KEY - EXIT
STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT
SETUP
GAME DENOMINATION
$0.01

DEFAULT DENOMINATION PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT

$0.01 BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

COIN/TOKEN DENOMINATION
$0.25
Stand Alone Progressive Setup
ACCOUNTING DENOMINATION
KMS SETUP STAND ALONE PROGRESSIVE BONUS SETUP
$0.25 AUDIT KEY-EXIT
PROGRESSIVE DENOMINATION STANDALONE INITIAL/CURRENT RESET INCREMENT INITIAL/CURRENT MAXIMUM
NONE OFFVALUE
$0.25 PROGRESSIVE PROG. VALUE VALUE RATE SPARE METER VALUE

MAXI $750.00 $750.00 N

7.00% $0.00 NO MAX

MAJOR $150.01 $150.00 ON

10.00% $0.00 NO MAX
The machine will set current game denomination to the default denomination when the
attract mode starts.
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT $15.00 $0.00 NO MAX
EXIT MINI $150.01 8.00%
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

DENOMINATION SETUP
ITEM DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT The denomination the game will use at power up in a
DENOMINATION multi-denominational environment. Level 1 Initial Value
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
COIN/TOKEN The physical denomination set by the configuration of BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
DENOMINATION the hopper and coin acceptor.
ACCOUNTING The denomination that is reported to an accounting
DENOMINATION system host. Press the BET LV 2 to select DIAGNOSTIC. The DIAGNOSTIC
field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection.
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the but- The following screen is displayed.
tons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by
pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET Diagnostic Selection
LV 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 KMS
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
button moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters
the current selection and the CHANGE button twice to returns to the AUDIT
previous menu.
GAME RECALL

Press the BET LV 1 button to return to the SETUP menu then SETUP

press the BET LV button to return to the general KMS menu. DIAGNOSTIC

Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the STAND ALONE OUT OF SERVICE

PROGRESSIVE BONUS SETUP field. The following screen is
displayed.

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT

BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

P/N 810057 2-41 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Diagnostics rent selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons The TOUCH PANEL field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button Touch Test Selection
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the cur- KMS DIAGNOSTIC TOUCH SCREEN
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
rent selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.
ROM CODE A3 CURRENT ERROR
The DIAGNOSTIC menu is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to ROM VERSION 9 FAILURE
enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. ROM REVISION 9

TOUCH TEST
Touch Panel Selection
KMS DIAGNOSTIC CALIBRATION
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

BUTTON PRINTER

DOOR SOUND

OUT PORT SCREEN RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
LED COMMUNICATION BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

COIN ACCEPTOR GAME

COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the cur-
rent selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.
The TOUCH TEST field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to
DIAGNOSTIC MENU 1 enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Touch Test Screen
TOUCH PANEL Checks the operation of the Touch Screen.
TOUCH TEST
BUTTON Checks the operation of the Buttons.
DOOR Checks the operation of the Door.
Checks the operation of the Signal Tower lights and the
OUT PORT
bill entry lamps.
LED
COIN ACCEPTOR Checks the operation of the Coin Acceptor.
COIN HOPPER Checks the operation of the Coin Hopper.
THERMOMETER Checks the operation of the Thermometer.
BILL ACCEPTOR Checks the operation of the Bill Acceptor.
PRINTER Checks the operation of the Printer.
SOUND Plays the various sounds available.
SCREEN Checks the operation of the screen display.
COMMUNICATION Displays information about communication.
Displays the game test, denomination test, and RNG
GAME
test. This procedure checks the operation of the touch screen. This
MACHINE ID
Displays information on the storage devices and Com- screen allows checking the coordinate adjustment of the touch screen.
pact Flash Card memory. A line will be displayed when you move your finger against the screen.
Any button returns to the previous menu. Press the BET LV 2 button
The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons to go to the CALIBRATION field. The following screen is displayed.
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the cur-

P/N 810057 2-42 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Touch Screen Calibration Selection Press the CHANGE button to exit with factory settings or press
KMS DIAGNOSTIC TOUCH SCREEN any button except the CHANGE button to exit without update. Exit
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
from the calibration screen. Press the CHANGE button to return to
ROM CODE A3 CURRENT ERROR the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the LINE 2 button to go to the
ROM VERSION
ROM REVISION
9
9
FAILURE
BUTTON field. The following screen is displayed.

TOUCH TEST Button Selection

KMS DIAGNOSTIC
CALIBRATION AUDIT KEY - EXIT

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

BUTTON PRINTER

DOOR SOUND

OUT PORT SCREEN

RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
LED COMMUNICATION
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

COIN ACCEPTOR GAME

Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID
screen is displayed. THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
Touch Screen Calibration PREV. ITEM
BET LV 1
NEXT ITEM
BET LV 2
SELECT
BET LV 3
EXIT
CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons

on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the
PLEASE WAIT. DO NOT TOUCH THE SCREEN. current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
menu. The BUTTON field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button
to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

Button Settings
KMS DIAGNOSTIC BUTTON
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

LINE 1: OFF SPARE 1: OFF

LINE 2: OFF SPARE 2: OFF
LINE 3: OFF SPARE 3: OFF
LINE 4: OFF SPARE 4: OFF
LINE 5: OFF SPARE 5: OFF
After a few seconds the following screen is displayed. DENOM: OFF
SPIN: OFF
SPARE 6: OFF
Touch Screen Touch
CASH OUT: OFF
CHANGE: OFF
HELP: OFF

RESET KEY: OFF

AUDIT: ON

To exit the test, push the physical buttons both of LINE 1 and LINE 3 simultaneously.
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
TOUCH A CENTER OF THE WHITE CIRCLE ON THE SCREEN. EXIT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 3
PRESS “CHANGE BUTTON” TO EXIT WITH FACTORY SETTING.
PRESS ANY BUTTON EXCEPT “CHANGE BUTTON” TO EXIT WITHOUT UPDATE.
Checks the operation of the buttons. The indication of the
applicable part changes from “OFF” to “ON”. Pressing both the BET
LV 1 and BET LV 3 buttons returns to the main DIAGNOSTIC menu.
Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the DOOR field. The following
screen is displayed. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection.
The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-43 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Door Selection Out Port Selection
KMS DIAGNOSTIC KMS DIAGNOSTIC
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

BUTTON PRINTER BUTTON PRINTER

DOOR SOUND DOOR SOUND

OUT PORT SCREEN OUT PORT SCREEN

LED COMMUNICATION LED COMMUNICATION

COIN ACCEPTOR GAME COIN ACCEPTOR GAME

COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID

THERMOMETER THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1 RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the selection. The following
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- screen is displayed.
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button Out Port Settings
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the KMS DIAGNOSTIC OUT PORT
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
menu. The DOOR field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to
enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. TOWER LAMP 1 OFF

TOWER LAMP 2 OFF

Diagnostic Door Settings
TOWER LAMP 3 OFF
KMS DIAGNOSTIC DOOR
AUDIT KEY - EXIT
TOWER LAMP 4 OFF
Main Door Switch: OFF Main Door Sensor: OFF
Drop Door Switch: OFF ------------------------------ : ------ BILL LAMP OFF
Logic Box Door Switch: OFF ------------------------------ : ------
Sub Door Switch: OFF ------------------------------ : ------
Bill Door Switch: OFF ------------------------------ : ------
Top Box Door Switch: OFF ------------------------------ : ------
Maintenance Door Switch: OFF Maintenance Door Sensor: ON

Test tower lamp 1 if available.

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM TEST EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

This checks the operation of the coin comparator and coin

diverter. The BET LV 1 button switches the acceptance between en-
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1 able and disable, the BET LV 2 button switches the diverter between
EXIT hopper and drop, the BET LV 3 button resets any errors and the
CHANGE
CHANGE button returns to the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the
CHANGE button to return to the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the
This checks the operation of the door switches and sensors. BET LV 2 button to go to the COIN ACCEPTOR menu. The following
The indication of the applicable part changes from “OFF” to “ON”. screen is displayed.
Pressing the CHANGE button returns to the main DIAGNOSTIC
menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the OUT PORT field. The
following screen is displayed. Press the BET LV 3 button to enter the
selection. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-44 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Coin Acceptor Selection Coin Hopper Selection

KMS DIAGNOSTIC
AUDIT KEY - EXIT KMS DIAGNOSTIC
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

BUTTON PRINTER
BUTTON PRINTER

DOOR SOUND
DOOR SOUND

OUT PORT SCREEN

OUT PORT SCREEN
LED COMMUNICATION
LED COMMUNICATION

COIN ACCEPTOR GAME

COIN ACCEPTOR GAME

COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID

COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID
THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1 THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 but- ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
ton moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the cur-
selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The rent selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu.
COIN ACCEPTOR field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to The COIN HOPPER field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to
enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

Coin Acceptor Settings Coin Hopper Settings

KMS DIAGNOSTIC COIN IN KMS DIAGNOSTIC COIN HOPPER
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

ACCEPTANCE DISABLE CURRENT ERROR RESET COIN IN (1-10) 1 CURRENT ERROR RESET

COIN ACCEPTOR MALFUNCTION (FAULT) HOPPER EMPTY

DIVERTER HOPPER TEST
COIN IN ERROR JAM JAM
EXTRA COIN IN 0 OVERPAY 0
DIVERTER MALFUNCTION 0
COINS PAID 0 RUNAWAY
COIN IN 0
COINS DROP 0 TOTAL PAID 0 DISCONNECT
EXCESSIVE CONI IN 0
OVERPAID 0
SENSORA OFF RUNAWAY PAID 0
SENSORB OFF
SENSORC OFF
ERROR OFF HOPPER EXIST ON
OVERFLOW SENSOR (IN) OFF
COIN SWITCH (IN) OFF
HOPPER MOTOR (OUT) OFF

RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1 RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1

ACCEPTANCE DIVERTER RESET EXIT COIN + COIN - TEST RESET EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 CHANGE

This checks the operation of the Coin Comparator and Coin This checks the operation of the Coin Hopper. The BET LV 1 but-
Diverter. The BET LV 1 button switches the acceptance between en- ton increments the hopper test coin field once for each time pressed,
able and disable, the BET LV 2 button switches the diverter between the BET LV 2 button decrements the hopper test coin field once for
Hopper and Drop, the BET LV 3 button resets any errors and the each time pressed, the BET LV 3 button initiates the hopper test, the
CHANGE button returns to the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the BET LV 4 button resets all errors and the CHANGE button returns to
CHANGE button to return to the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the CHANGE button to return
BET LV 2 button to go to the COIN HOPPER menu. The following to the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to
screen is displayed. the THERMOMETER field. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-45 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Thermometer Selection Bill Acceptor Selection

KMS DIAGNOSTIC KMS DIAGNOSTIC
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

BUTTON PRINTER BUTTON PRINTER

DOOR SOUND DOOR SOUND

OUT PORT SCREEN OUT PORT SCREEN

LED COMMUNICATION LED COMMUNICATION

COIN ACCEPTOR GAME COIN ACCEPTOR GAME

COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID

THERMOMETER THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1 RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the
current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
menu. The THERMOMETER field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 menu. The BILL ACCEPTOR field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3
button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. button to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

Thermometer Data Bill Acceptor Settings

KMS DIAGNOSTIC THERMOMETER KMS DIAGNOSTIC BILL IN
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

BILL ACCEPTOR MARS

TEMPERATURE ROM VERSION CURRENT ERROR RESET
44.0 CELSIUS BOOT VERSION OFF
OFF
111.2 FAHRENHEIT FAILURE
ACCEPTANCE ENABLE JAM IN ACCEPTOR
JAM IN STACKER
TEMPERATURE THRESHOLD 58 C / 136 F STACKER FULL
REJECT REJECT STACKER REMOVED
STACKER NOT READY
ESCROW HEADER
STATUS TRANSPORT REMOVED
COMM ERROR
CHEAT

STACKER EXIST ON
TRANSPORT EXIST ON
POWER ON

When this temperature threshold is exceeded machine will tilt.

SELECT EXIT EN/DISABLE REJECT RESET EXIT
BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

This checks the operation of the Thermometer and allows to This checks the operation of the Bill Acceptor. The BET LV 1
set the threshold temperatures. The CHANGE button returns to the button switches the acceptance between enable and disable, the BET
main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the CHANGE button returns to the LV 2 button switches the Bill Acceptor between accept and reject, the
main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the BET LV 3 button resets any errors and the CHANGE button returns to
BILL ACCEPTOR field. The following screen is displayed. the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the CHANGE button to return to
the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the
PRINTER menu. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-46 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Printer Selection Sound Selection
KMS DIAGNOSTIC KMS DIAGNOSTIC
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

BUTTON PRINTER BUTTON PRINTER

DOOR SOUND DOOR SOUND

OUT PORT SCREEN OUT PORT SCREEN

LED COMMUNICATION LED COMMUNICATION

COIN ACCEPTOR GAME COIN ACCEPTOR GAME

COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID

THERMOMETER THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1 RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press-
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the
current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
menu. The PRINTER field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button menu. The SOUND field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to
to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

Printer Settings Sound Settings

KMS DIAGNOSTIC PRINTER KMS DIAGNOSTIC SOUND
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

FIRWARE VERSION 13
CURRENT ERROR RESET SEQUENCE NO.: 1
OFF OFF
DISCONNECT SOUND: Ssd_LeftCheck
OFFLINE
TEST PRINT PAPER OUT GROUP: Common
JAM
COMMUNICATION DOWN MASTER VOLUME: SEQUENCE- SEQUENCE+
COMMUNICATION DATA
DEVICE ERROR
TICKET PRESENCE OFF 0

The sequence number of the sound file.

TEST PRINT RESET EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM DEC (-) INC (+) PLAY STOP EXIT
BET LEVEL 1 BET LEVEL 2 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 BET LV 4 BET LV 5 SPIN 1 CHANGE

Checks the operation of the Printer. The BET LV 1 button This checks the operation of the sounds. The BET LV 1 button
initiates a test print, the BET LV 2 button resets any errors and the moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves the
CHANGE button returns to the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button decrements the selec-
CHANGE button to return to the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the tion once for each time pressed, the BET LV 4 button increments the
BET LV 2 button to go to the SOUND menu. The following screen is selection once for each time pressed, the BET LV 5 button plays the
displayed. sound, the BET LV 1 button stops playing the sound and the CHANGE
button returns to the previous menu. Press the CHANGE button to
return to the main DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the BET LV 2 button
to select SCREEN. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-47 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Screen Selection Screen Test 1
KMS DIAGNOSTIC
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

BUTTON PRINTER

DOOR SOUND

OUT PORT SCREEN

LED COMMUNICATION

COIN ACCEPTOR GAME

COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID

THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons This test pattern checks the operation of the screen. The SE-
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- LECT BET PER LINE left of center pushbutton or touching the screen
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV moves to the cross hatch screen, as shown below.
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the Screen Test 2
current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous
menu. The SCREEN field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button
to enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

Screen Selection
KMS DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

PRIMARY SCREEN

SECONDARY SCREEN

Pressing the SELECT BET PER LINE left of center pushbutton

or touching the screen moves to the white, red, green, blue, horizontal
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1 line, cross-hatch, horizontal bars screens, respectively. Touching the
PREV. ITEM
BET LV 1
NEXT ITEM
BET LV 2
SELECT
BET LV 3
EXIT
CHANGE
screen returns to the PRIMARY/SECONDARY SCREEN selection
menu. Press BET LV 2 pushbutton to select SECONDARY SCREEN.
Press BET LV 3 or touch SECONDARY SCREEN. The following
Press the BET LV 2 button or middle SELECT BET PER LINE display is shown on the Top Box LCD.
pushbutton to select PRIMARY SCREEN. Press the BET LV 3 button
or middle SELECT BET PER LINE pushbutton to select PRIMARY
SCREEN. The following screen is seen on the Top Box display. The
Reel Case Assembly rotates to the LCD side, if not already there.

P/N 810057 2-48 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION

Top Box LCD Secondary Screen Communication Selection

KMS DIAGNOSTIC
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

BUTTON PRINTER

TOUCH THE TOP BOX SCREEN, GO TO THE NEXT SCREEN

DOOR SOUND

OUT PORT SCREEN

ROTABLE REEL UNIT
MOTOR ERROR
Initialize Error
LED COMMUNICATION
Position Lost
Rotation Error
Position Out of Range COIN ACCEPTOR GAME
Sensor Error
Limit Sensor Error
Interrupt Time Out Error COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID
Rotation Time Out
MOTOR STATUS
Reel Unit Stop THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
IF MAINTENANCE DOOR IS CLOSED, THE ROTABLE REEL UNIT WILL ROTATE AUTOMATICALLY
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The following display is shown on the lower LCDs after the Reel The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons
Case Assembly rotates to the 12" Twin LCDs side. on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by pressing
the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV 1 but-
Lower LCDs Screen ton moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button moves
the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the current
selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The
COMMUNICATION field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to
enter the selection. The following screen is displayed.

Diagnostics-Communication
KMS DIAGNOSTIC COMMUNICATION STATUS
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

CH PROTOCOL ADDRESS CONDITIONS

CH1 NONE 1 ------------------
CH2 SAS 2 OFFLINE
CH3 NONE 0 ------------------

Touching the Top Box screen rotates the Reel Cage Assembly
to the 12" LCDs side. Touching the Top Box screen sequences the
LCDs to display these test patterns;
• White EXIT
CHANGE
• Red
• Green
Press the CHANGE button to return to the main DIAGNOSTIC
• Blue menu. Press the LINE 2 button to go to the GAME field. The following
• Horizontal Lines screen is displayed.
• Cross Hatch
• Horizontal Bars (10)
Touching the Top Box screen one more time rotates the Reel
Cage Assembly to the Wheels display and the Top Box screen displays
the initial SCREEN Diagnostics display.

The next BET LV 3 button pressing returns to the DIAGNOSTIC

menu. Press BET LV 2 to select COMMUNICATION field, as shown
below.

P/N 810057 2-49 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Game Selection Machine ID Selection
KMS DIAGNOSTIC KMS DIAGNOSTIC
AUDIT KEY - EXIT AUDIT KEY - EXIT

TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR TOUCH PANEL BILL ACCEPTOR

BUTTON PRINTER BUTTON PRINTER

DOOR SOUND DOOR SOUND

OUT PORT SCREEN OUT PORT SCREEN

LED COMMUNICATION LED COMMUNICATION

COIN ACCEPTOR GAME COIN ACCEPTOR GAME

COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID COIN HOPPER MACHINE ID

THERMOMETER THERMOMETER
RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1 RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the buttons Press the BET LV 3 button to select MACHINE ID. The following
on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure, by press- screen is displayed.
ing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The BET LV
1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET LV 2 button Machine ID Data
moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button enters the KMS DIAGNOSTIC MACHINE ID

current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the previous

menu. The GAME field is highlighted. Press the BET LV 3 button to STORAGE:
#1 PLA01C108G25DM 1234
enter the selection. The following screen is displayed. #2
#3
PLA02C108G25DM
SFA03C105G25DM
1234
1234
#4 GFA04C106G24DM 1234
Game Menu #5
#6
GFB05C106G24DM
ATA06R100G24DM
1234
1234
#7 ATA07R100G24DM 1234
KMS DIAGNOSTIC GAME - MENU
AUDIT-KEY EXIT #8 NOT PRESENT

CF1 ATAR100G24-CF
CF2 NOT PRESENT
COMBINATION TEST
RCC: RCCC202GE-CF 1234
REELS

LIGHT GUIDE ARROW

RETURN PERCENTAGE OF JACKPOT LEVEL 1

TWIN LCD ARROW
EXIT
CHANGE
LED 7SEG

ROTABLE REEL UNIT

The CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. Press the
CHANGE button again to return to the main KMS menu. Press the
CHANGE button to go to the OUT OF SERVICE field. The following
PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT screen is displayed.
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

The displayed menus can be accessed by pressing the but-

tons on the touchscreen or, in the event of a touchscreen failure,
by pressing the lit buttons on the player interface button panel. The
BET LV 1 button moves the cursor to the previous item, the BET
LV 2 button moves the cursor to the next item, the BET LV 3 button
enters the current selection and the CHANGE button returns to the
previous menu.

Press the CHANGE button to return to the main GAME button.

Press the BET LV 2 button to go to the MACHINE ID field then press
BET LV3. The following screen is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-50 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 2 - SET-UP & OPERATION
Out of Service Selection KMS Menu
KMS
KMS AUDIT KEY - EXIT
AUDIT KEY - EXIT

AUDIT
AUDIT

GAME RECALL
GAME RECALL

SETUP
SETUP

DIAGNOSTIC
DIAGNOSTIC

OUT OF SERVICE
OUT OF SERVICE

STANDALONE MYSTERY JACKPOT

SETUP

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT

PREV. ITEM NEXT ITEM SELECT EXIT
BET LEVEL 1 BET LEVEL 2 BET LEVEL 3 CHANGE
BET LV 1 BET LV 2 BET LV 3 CHANGE

Press the BET LV 3 button. The following screen is dis-

played.

Out Of Service Display

OUT OF SERVICE

The OUT OF SERVICE message is displayed and locks the

machine.
When the OUT OF SERVICE message appears on the screen,
the machine is inoperable.

Turn the Reset Key-switch or Audit Key Switch to exit from this
screen to return the machine to normal state.

The KMS DIAGNOSTICS menu is displayed.

P/N 810057 2-51 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

SECTION 3
PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Overview WARNING: Power to the machine must be turned off prior

Section 3, Parts, Assemblies & Hardware, describes part re- to cleaning the inside of the machine or removing any
moval and installation and includes a parts manual. This manual is mechanical or electrical assembly. Unplug the machine.
intended for experienced maintenance personnel working on gaming
machines. WARNING: Hazardous high voltage exists within the
cabinet even with machine power off and the power
• Removal cord unplugged! Use extreme caution when removing
Describes how to remove components from the cabinet. electrical assemblies to avoid injury. Discharge body
Note that you may need special tools depending on the static BEFORE touching PCBs to avoid damaging
type of component removed. electrostatic sensitive components. Only qualified
personnel should attempt servicing this machine.
• Disassembly
Describes how to disassemble the components.
Disassemble the component removed from the cabinet Required Tools
into parts on which maintenance can be performed. Phillips Screwdriver (No. 1 and No. 2)
• Assembly Small Phillips Screwdrivers (No. 0 and No. 1)
4 to 13 mm Nut Driver or Ratchet Wrench
Describes how to assemble the parts. Use caution when
4 to 13 mm Wrench Set
reconnecting harnesses to ensure proper operation.
22 to 24 mm Double-end Wrench
Incorrect assembly may cause malfunctions or failures.
Hand Riveter
• Installation Needle Nose Pliers
Describes how to install the components in the cabinet. Pliers
Voltage and Amperage Tester
CAUTION: Konami Gaming, Inc. cannot be held liable for Crimping Tool for Connectors
damages or injuries caused by improper or unsupervised Plastic Ties
installation, modification, or use of equipment not Wire Stripper
manufactured or approved by Konami Gaming, Inc. This Pin Extractor
equipment is designed as a gaming device for amusement Mounting Tool for Play Buttons (Star Point)
only, for sale and use in jurisdictions permitting such IC Extractor
devices. Distributors, Operators, and Users are not Wire Cutters
to modify the equipment for any other use. Konami
Gaming, Inc. cannot be held liable for damages or injuries
resulting from use or modification of this equipment.

CAUTION: PCB’s may contain a lithium battery.

Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly
replaced. Replace only with the same, or
equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.

P/N 810057 3-1 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Commonly-Used Hardware Functional Overview

The following table shows the hardware that this electronic This chapter describes names and functions of the main parts.
gaming machine uses. Using incorrect hardware may damage the Use the following illustrations to identify the major components.
equipment.
TOWER
LIGHT
Hardware Employed
COMMONLY USED HARDWARE
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
450014 NUT, HEX KEP 4-40
450015 NUT, HEX KEP 6-32
HARDMETERS
450016 NUT, HEX, KEP 8-32
450044 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 4-40x1/4
SEVEN
450049 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 6-32x1/4 SEGMENT
METER
450051 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 6-32x3/8
450081 SCREW, PAN HEAD PHIILLIPS, M3x8 TICKET
CHUTE
450107 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 4-40x1/4
AUDIT/RESET
450108 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 4-40x3/8 KEY-SWITCH
BELLY DOOR
450109 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 6-32x1/2 LOGO
450110 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 6-32x1/4 MAIN DOOR
LOCK
450112 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 6-32x3/8
SERIAL
450114 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 8-32x1/2 COIN/TOKEN NUMBER
ENTRY PLATE
450115 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 8-32x1/4
450117 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 8-32x3/8 BILL
ENTRY
BUTTON
450120 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M3x4 PANEL
COIN TRAY BELLY
450121 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M3x5 DOOR
450122 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M3x6 LOCK

450123 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M3x8

450127 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M4x6
450128 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M4x8
450144 NUT, NYLOK, 2-56
450146 GUIDE, PCB, 6”
450161 SCREW, CONNECTOR MOUNTING
LCD w/TOUCH
450162 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, M4x8 SCREEN
450163 RIVET, POP, 1/8 DIA x 3/8 LONG
450166 E-RING, .343 IDx.039 GROOVE
REEL
450167 SCREW, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M3x12 CASE
ASSEMBLY
450176 WASHER, #8 FLAT
450185 STAY, DOOR, 10.5”
SPEAKER
450220 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, M3x6
SEVEN
450282 NUT, HEX, NYLOCK, 8-32 SEGMENT
METER
450285 WASHER, FENDER, #10, OD 1x7/32, ID 3/64
450366 NUT, HEX, 2-56 BILL VALIDATOR
ACESS DOOR
450420 SCREW, TPG, HEX WSHR HD, 4-40x.250
450428 SCREW, TPG, HEX WSHR HD, 8-32x.250
450430 SCREW, TPG, HEX WSHR HD, 8-32x.375 PRINTER

450431 SCREW, TPG, HEX WSHR HD, 8-32x.500 LOGIC

COIN UNIT COIN MAIN POWER POWER
450433 SCREW, HEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 10-32x3/8 MECHANISM HOUSING HOPPER SWITCH SUPPLY
450444 SCREW, SET, 8-32x5/16

P/N 810057 3-2 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Parts Removal Lock Dimensions

Describes how to remove components from the cabinet. The following shows the standard lock dimensions.
Note: Special tools may be needed depending upon the type of
.68 .39
component being removed. Turn off the game power before servicing
components inside the game. .58
.87 .73

Parts Installation
Describes how to install components into the cabinet.
1.28 .62
Locks-Hardware, Removal and Installation (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES)

Lock Hardware
The following shows the standard lock hardware. Main Door Lock
Open the Main Door. Remove the 9/32-28 UNF nut from the
cam shaft. Remove the cam. Remove the 3/4-28 UNF nut from the
lock. Remove the key cylinder from outside the cabinet. Install the
new key cylinder. Turn the key 90° clockwise to open the Main Door
then return it to the original position. Make sure the lock is installed
properly by opening and closing the Main Door.

Lock Cams
The following shows the standard lock cams required for this
machine.
LOCKING CAMS
PART # DESCRIPTION
190020 CAM, LOCK,
LOGIC UNIT
DOOR

190048 CAM, LOCK,

BV DOOR

If the following problems exist before turning the power on,

191543 CAM, LOCK, check that the key works properly for the installed lock.
MAIN DOOR The door will not open or close easily.
The latch does not engage easily.
The key cannot be removed or turned.

191513 CAM, LOCK, If the 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN message appears after turning
BELLY DOOR
the power on, make sure that the above procedure was performed
properly.
The probable causes of the error are:
The lock is not installed properly.
The Main Door switch is not depressed completely.
NOTE: Locks are supplied for shipping purposes only.
If the 030 MAIN DOOR ACCESSED message appears after
It is recommended that all locks be replaced with owner/
operator approved and secured locks. turning the power on, turn the Reset key-switch.
Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the KMS Diagnostics to check
Main Door switch and Sensor.

P/N 810057 3-3 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Logic Unit Door Lock

Open the Main Door. Open the Logic Unit door. Remove the
9/32-28 UNF nut from the lock. Remove the cam. Remove the 3/4-28
UNF nut from the lock. Remove the key cylinder from outside the Logic
Unit door. Install a new key cylinder. Turn the key 90° counterclockwise
to open the Logic Unit door, then return it to the original position.
Make sure that the lock is installed properly by locking and
unlocking the door.

Make sure that the lock is installed properly by opening and

closing the door.
If the following problem arise before turning on the power, check
that the above procedure was performed properly.
The door will not open and close easily.
The door release does not engage easily.
The key cannot be removed or turned.
If the following problems exist before turning on the power, If the 013 SUB DOOR OPEN message appears after turning the
check that the key works properly for the installed lock. power on, check that the above procedure was performed properly.
The door will not open and close easily. The probable causes of the error are:
The key cannot be removed or turned. The lock is not installed properly.
The sub door switch is not depressed completely.
If the 012 LOGIC DOOR OPEN message appears after turn- If the 033 SUB DOOR ACCESSED message appears after
ing on the power, check that the above procedure was performed turning the power on, turn the Reset key-switch.
properly. Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the KMS Diagnostics to check
The probable causes of the error are: the Sub-Door switch.
The lock is not installed properly.
The logic door switch is not depressed NOTE: Remove the spacer for a short lock. Retain the
completely. spacer and other small parts for future use if not required
If the 032 LOGIC DOOR ACCESSED message appears after for this application.
turning on the power, turn the Reset key-switch.
Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the KMS Diagnostics to check
the Logic Door switch. Bill Validator Door Lock
Open the Main Door. Open the Bill Validator door. Remove
Belly Door Lock the 9/32-28 UNF nut from the back of the Bill Validator door. Remove
Open the Main Door. Remove the 9/32-28 UNF nut from the the cam. Remove the 3/4-28 UNF nut from the lock. Pull out the
lock. Remove the cam. Remove the 3/4-28 UNF nut from the lock. Bill Validator door lock from the Bill Validator door. Install a new key
Remove the key cylinder from outside the Main Door. Install a new cylinder. Turn the key 90° counterclockwise to open the Bill Stacker
key cylinder. Turn the key 90° clockwise to open the Sub Door, then door, then return it to the original position.
return it to the original position. Make sure that the lock is installed properly by opening and
closing the door.

P/N 810057 3-4 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Switches-Removal and Installation

Main Door Switch
Removal
Open the Main Door. Remove the power supply, if necessary, for
better access to switch terminals. Remove all wires from the back of
the switch. Note wire locations for future reference during installation.
Gently grasp the Main Door switch from the top and bottom behind
the mounting bracket and push the switch forward.

If the following problem arises before turning the power on,

check that the above procedure was performed properly.
The door will not open and close easily.
The key cannot be removed or turned.
If the 014 BILL DOOR OPEN message appears after turning on
the power, check that the above procedure was performed properly. Installation
The probable causes of the error are: Insert the switch from the front of the machine. Gently push the
The lock is not installed properly. switch into the bracket until it seats. Connect the wires to the terminals.
The Bill Validator door switch is not depressed Turn on machine power. Close and lock the Main Door.
completely.
If the 034 BILL DOOR ACCESSED message appears after Top Box Door Switch
turning the power on, turn the Reset key-switch. (Removal and Installation is the same for all three (3) top
Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the KMS DIAGNOSTICS to boxes).
check the Bill Box door switch.
Removal
Display Door Lock Open the Top Box Doors. Remove the connectors from the
(Installation is similar for System Door Lock.) switch noting the location for installation. Grasp the two tabs on the
Open the display door and remove the LCD, if equipped. switch and push forward to remove.
Open the Main Door. Remove the 9/32-28 UNF nut from the
lock. Remove the cam. Remove the 3/4-28 UNF nut from the lock.
Remove the key cylinder from outside the Main Door. Install a new
key cylinder. Turn the key 90° clockwise to open the Sub Door, then
return it to the original position.
Make sure that the lock is installed properly by opening and
closing the door.
If the following problem arise before turning on the power, check
that the above procedure was performed properly.
The door will not open and close easily.
The door release does not engage easily.
The key cannot be removed or turned.
If the 013 SUB DOOR OPEN message appears after turning the
power on, check that the above procedure was performed properly.
The probable causes of the error are:
The lock is not installed properly.
The Sub Door switch is not depressed completely.
If the 033 SUB DOOR ACCESSED message appears after Installation
turning the power on, turn the Reset key-switch. Push the new switch into the opening until the two (2) tabs on
Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the KMS Diagnostics to check the switch seat in place. Place the connectors on the switch in the
the Sub Door switch. proper locations. Close both Top Box Doors.

P/N 810057 3-5 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE
Belly Door Switch Logic Unit Switch
Removal Removal
Open the Main Door. Remove the Power Supply, if necessary, Disconnect the harness from the switch. Remove the two (2)
for better access to the switch terminals. Remove all wires from the #2-56 nuts from the switch assembly. Remove the switch.
back of the switch. Note wire locations for future reference during
installation. Gently grasp the Main Door switch from the top and bottom
behind the mounting bracket and push the switch forward.

Installation
Locate the switch on mounting studs. Install the two (2) #2-56
nuts. Connect the harness.
Installation
Insert the switch from the front of the machine. Gently push the Key-switch
switch into the bracket until it seats. Connect the wires to the terminals. Removal
Turn on machine power. Close and lock the Main Door. Turn off machine power. Open the Main Door. Disconnect the
wires on the back of the switches. Remove the 3/4” nut.
Switch Wiring
Each wire of the switch harnesses is marked to indicate terminal
position. Use the illustration below to ensure the switch is connected
correctly.

DOOR SWITCH WIRE LOCATIONS

LOCATION MARK
Terminal 2 COM
Terminal 4 N.C.
Terminal 6 N.O.

Installation
Insert the switch. Install the 3/4” nut. Connect the wires to the
terminals. Turn on main power. Lock the Main Door.

2 6 5 1
4 3

COM1 COM2
NC1 NO1
(1-C) (1-NC) NO2 NC2
(1-NO) (2-NO) (2-NC) (2-C)

P/N 810057 3-6 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE
Bill Validator Switch
Removal
Open the Main Door. Turn machine power off. Remove the
Hopper. Remove the Cash Box. Disconnect the harness from the
Bill Validator door switch assembly. Remove the two (2) #8-32 nuts.
Remove the Bill Validator door switch assembly.

Installation
Slide the power supply into the mounting rails and push back
until the power supply connector is securely seated. Tighten the
mounting screws.

Installation Bill Validator

Install Bill Validator door switch assembly. Install the two (2) Removal
#8-32 nuts. Connect the harnesses to the Bill Validator door switch Open the Main Door. Open the bill cassette door. Remove the
assembly. Install the Cash Box. Turn on machine power. Close the cash cassette box by depressing the cash box latch and sliding the
Main Door. box forward. Remove the three (3) #M4x4 screws from the left side of
the enclosure. Remove the four (4) #6-32x1/4 screws from the back
Assemblies-Removal and Installation of the bill validator. Remove the bill validator.
Hopper
Removal
Open the Main door. Grasp the hopper by the handle and
slide forward.

Installation
Align the hopper into the two hopper guides. Firmly insert the
hopper making sure the hopper plug is fully connected to the power
control panel connector.
Installation
Install the bill validator. Insert the four (4) #6-32x1/4 screws
Power Supply
into the back of the bill validator. Insert the three (3) #M4x4 screws
Removal
into the left side of the enclosure. Install the cash cassette box by
Open the Main Door. Loosen the power supply mounting screw
depressing the cash box latch and sliding the box to the back of the
located in the lower right-hand corner of the fallplate. Slide the power
bill validator housing. Close and lock the bill cassette door. Close and
supply assembly forward until it clears the mounting rails.
lock the Main Door.

P/N 810057 3-7 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Logic Unit Backplane Board

Removal Removal
Turn off machine power. Open the Main Door. Remove the Remove the MPU board. Disconnect the harness connected
Logic Unit door. Set aside. Unplug all connectors from the Logic Unit. to the backplane board. Remove the ten (10) #6-32 screws from the
Use a long screwdriver to remove the #6-32 security screw. Remove backplane board. Remove the backplane board.
the logic unit by sliding it forward until it clears the mounting rails.
Remove the Logic Unit.

Installation Installation
Insert Logic Unit and slide it back until supported by the mount- Place the backplane board in position. Install the ten (10) #6-32
ing rails. Use a long screwdriver to tighten the #6-32 security screw. screws in the backplane board. Connect the harnesses. Install the
Connect all harnesses. Install and lock the logic unit door. Turn on MPU board.
Main power. Close and lock the Main Door. NOTE: Each #6-32 screw secures a grounded
connection between the backplane board and the
CAUTION: PCBs are electrostatic sensitive! game. All screws are required for proper operation.
Discharge body static prior to handling any PCB to prevent
damage or destruction of static sensitive components. Printer Assembly
Removal
Main Processing Unit Turn off machine power. Open the Main Door. Disconnect the
Removal harnesses from the printer assembly. Remove the four (4) screws
Place the Logic Unit on a clean, stable surface. Gently pull the securing the printer to the mounting bracket.
PCB latches toward you and pull the Main Processing Unit (MPU)
board forward.

Installation Installation
Align the MPU board on the guides. Slide back until the con- Install the four (4) screws securing the printer to the mounting
nectors are firmly seated. Snap the PCB latches forward until they bracket. Connect the harness to the printer assembly. Close the Main
contact the edge of the board. Door. Turn on main power.

P/N 810057 3-8 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Belly Glass Player Tracking Panel

Removal The SAS components are mounted on a removable bracket
Open the Main Door. Turn off machine power. Open the Belly installed in the Top Box. Use the following illustration to remove and
Door. Disconnect the harness from the Logo Assembly. Remove the install the panel.
four (4) #8 self-tapping screws securing the Logo Assembly. Remove
the four (4) M3 screws securing the Bezel. Remove the Plex. Removal
Open the Main Door and turn AC power off. Open the Top Box
bottom door. Remove the two (2) 8-32 screws securing the mounting
bracket. Disconnect the harness from the Player Tracking Panel.
Remove the two (2) #6-32 nuts securing the Player Tracking Panel.
Remove the panel.

Installation
Place the Plex on top of the Light Shield. Place the Bezel on
top of the Plex. Secure the Bezel with the four (4) M3 screws. Place
the Logo Assembly on the Belly Door. Secure the Logo Assembly
with the four (4) #8 self-tapping screws. Connect the harness to the
Logo Assembly. Close the Belly Door. Turn on machine power. Close
the Main Door. Installation
Place the Player Tracking Panel to the mounting studs. Secure
Power Distribution Assembly with the two (2) #6-32 nuts. Connect the Player Tracking Panel har-
Removal ness. Locate the mounting bracket tabs into the cabinet slots. Secure
Open the Main Door of the cabinet and turn off the main power with the two (2) #8-32 screws. Close the Top Box bottom door. Turn
supply. Remove the Hopper, if equipped, to gain access to the Power AC power on. Close the Main Door.
Distribution Assembly. Remove all the connectors from the assembly
noting their location for installation. Remove the four (4) #8-32 nuts Speakers
Removal
securing the assembly to the main cabinet.
Open the Top Box Door. Remove the two (2) 8-32 screws
securing the mounting bracket. Disconnect the harness from the
Speaker. Remove the two (2) #4-40 nuts securing the Speakers.
Remove the Speakers.

Installation
Place the Power Distribution Assembly on the four (4) mounting
studs inside the main cabinet and secure in place with #8-32 nuts.
Install all the necessary connectors to the assembly. Install the hop-
per, if equipped. Turn on the main power supply and close and lock
the Main Door. Installation
Install the Speakers into the mounting studs. Secure with the
two (2) #4-40 nuts. Connect the Speaker harness. Locate the mount-
ing bracket tabs into the cabinet slots. Secure with the two (2) #8-32
screws. Close the Top Box Door.

P/N 810057 3-9 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

LCD Assembly Motor and Reel Case

Removal Removal
Open the Main Door and turn AC power off. Open the Top Box
1. Open the Main Cabinet Door.
door. Loosen the four (4) M4 screws securing the LCD Assembly.
Remove the LCD by lifting up and out. Disconnect the harness from 2. Turn Machine AC power off.
the LCD. 3. Open the top and bottom doors of the Top Box.
4. Loosen the four (4) M4 screws securing the LCD
Assembly.
5. Remove the LCD Assembly by lifting up and out.
6. Disconnect the harness from the LCD Assembly.
7. Remove the two (2) #8-32 screws securing the
Sensor Cover.
8. Remove the two (2) #10-32 screws securing the Reel
Case Assembly.
9. Remove the four (4) #8-32 screws securing the
Motor Assembly.
10. Disconnect the harness from the Motor Assembly.
11. Disconnect the harness from the Reel Case
Assembly.
12. Remove the Motor Assembly by lifting-up.
13. Remove the Reel Case Assembly by sliding out.
Installation
Connect the harness to the LCD Assembly. Drop the LCD into
place. Tighten the four (4) M4 screws securing the LCD. Close the MOTOR
ASSEMBLY
Top Box Door. Turn AC power on. Close the Main Door.

Meter Assembly
Removal
Open the Top Box Door. Loosen the four (4) M4 screws secur-
ing the LCD. Remove the LCD by lifting up and out. Disconnect the
harness from the LCD. Disconnect the Harness from the Meter As-
sembly. Remove the four (4) #8-32 nuts securing the Meter Assembly.
Remove the Meter Assembly.

LCD
ASSEMBLY

SENSOR
COVER

REEL CASE
ASSEMBLY

Installation
Mount the Meter Assembly to the mounting studs. Secure with
the four (4) #8-32 nuts. Connect the Harness to the Meter Assembly.
Connect the Harness to the LCD. Drop the LCD into place. Tighten the
four (4) M4 screws securing the LCD. Close the Top Box Door.

P/N 810057 3-10 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Installation END REEL

LIGHT PANEL
1. Slide the Reel Case Assembly into the cabinet.
2. Drop the Motor Assembly in place. WHEEL POINTER TWIN
LCDs
3. Install the four (4) #8-32 screws securing the COVER

Motor. M3 SCREW
WHEEL POINTER
4. Install the two (2) #10-32 screws securing the Reel CENTER REEL
Case Assembly. LED LIGHT PANEL
5. Install the two (2) #8-32 screws securing the Sensor
Cover. LCD
LCD POINTER POINTER
6. Connect the harness to the Reel Case Assembly. GUIDE COVER
7. Connect the harness to the Motor Assembly. M3 SCREW
#8-32 SCREW
REEL LIGHT
8. Connect the harness to the LCD. PANEL ASSEMBLY
9. Drop the LCD Assembly into place. WASHER
#8-32 SCREW
10. Tighten the four (4) M4 screws securing the LCD. CHROME SCREW CAP
11. Close the top and bottom doors of the Top Box.
12. Turn Machine AC power on. 4. Disconnect the harness form the two (2) LED Light
Panels.
13. Close the Main Cabinet Door.
5. Lift the Reel Light Panel Assembly approximately 1/2
Motor Assembly Maintenance inch and remove the assembly.
1. Inspect screws for looseness every six (6) months. 6. Remove one (1) #8 screw securing the Center
Reel, carefully pull the Reel forward and lift out of
2. Lubricate Gears every six (6) months.
its Guides.
3. Replace Stepper Motor every three (3) years.
7. Rotate Reel Case Assembly 90°.
Reel Assembly 8. Remove LCD Pointer Cover.
Removal 9. Insert a Phillips screwdriver into the LCD Pointer, hold
1. Open the Main Cabinet Door and turn AC power the LCD Pointer to prevent Reel rotation and remove
off. the M3 Screw and the LCD Pointer.
2. Open the Top Box doors. Locate the Reel Case 10. Rotate the Reel Case Assembly 180°.
Assembly. 11. Remove the Wheel Pointer Cover. Insert a Phillips
screwdriver into the Wheel Pointer, hold the Wheel
Pointer to prevent rotation and remove the M3 Screw
holding the Wheel Pointer.
12. Remove the #8 Screws securing the End Reels and
carefully pull the assemblies forward and lift out of
the Guides.

NOTE: To remove the End Reels, the Center Reel must be

removed first.
3. Remove four (4) Chrome Screw Caps, four (4) # 8-32
Screws and Washers securing the Reel Light Panel
Assembly, as shown in the following illustration.

P/N 810057 3-11 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Installation 12" LCD

1. Insert the End Reels first, then carefully insert the Removal
Center Reel into the Reel Case Assembly by sliding 1. Open Main Cabinet Door and turn AC power off.
into the Guides. Secure the Reels with three (3)
2. Open the Top Box doors. Locate the Reel Case
#8 Screws.
Assembly.
2. Rotate the Reel Case Assembly 90°. Insert the LCD
3. Remove four (4) Chrome Screw Caps, four (4) # 8-32
Pointer in the hole between the LCD. Rotate the LCD
Screws and Washers securing the Reel Light Panel
Pointer until it is engaged with the shaft.
Assembly, as shown in the illustration below.
3. Apply Permatex Threadlocker™ #22200 (color:
4. Disconnect the harness from the two (2) LED Light
purple) on the M3 Screw threads and insert the
Panels.
screw into the LCD Pointer and tighten the screw
while holding the LCD Pointer to prevent rotation of 5. Lift the Reel Light Panel Assembly approximately 1/2
the Reels. Install the LCD Pointer Cover. inch and remove.
4. Rotate the Reel Case Assembly 180° and insert the
#8-32 NUT
Wheel Pointer in the hole of the Light Panel. Rotate
#8-32 SCREW LCD POINTER
the pointer until it is engaged with the Reel shaft.
TWIN LCD MOUNTING M3
5. Apply Permatex Threadlocker™ #22200 (color: REEL
CASE BRACKET SCREW
12" LCDs
purple) on the M3 Screw threads and insert the screw ASSEMBLY
into the Wheel Pointer screw hole. Tighten the screw LCD BACK COVER

while holding the Wheel Pointer to prevent rotation of

the Reel. Install the Wheel Pointer Cover.
LCD
6. Rotate the Reel Case Assembly 90° and install the POINTER
COVER
Reel Light Panel Assembly. Connect the harness to
the two (2) LED Light Panels.
7. Install four (4) 8-32 Screws with Washers. Cover the
screws with four (4) Chrome Screw Caps.
8. Close the Top Box Doors.
WASHER
9. Turn AC power on and close Main Cabinet Door.
REEL
LIGHT
NOTE: To install the Reel Assemblies, the Center Reel PANEL
ASSEMBLY
Assembly must be installed last. LED CHROME
LIGHT #8-32 SCREW
PANEL SCREW CAP
Reel Assembly Maintenance
1. Inspect screws for looseness every six (6) months. 6. Rotate the Reel Case Assembly 90° and remove the
2. When securing the LCD and Wheel Pointers, apply LCD Pointer Cover.
Permatex Thermolocker™ #22200 (color: purple) on 7. Insert a Phillips screwdriver into the LCD Pointer, hold
the M3 screw threads. the LCD Pointer to prevent reel rotation and remove
the M3 screw and the LCD Pointer.
8. Remove the four (4) #8-32 Nuts securing the Twin
LCD Mounting Bracket and disconnect the harness
from the two (2) 12" LCDs.
9. Remove four (4) Screws securing the LCD Back
Cover and remove the back cover and the two (2)
12" LCDs. IMPORTANT: Note the orientation of
the 12" LCDs as they must be re-assembled in the
same position.

P/N 810057 3-12 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Installation REEL
CASE
1. Orient the 12" LCD, as shown in the previous ASSEMBLY
WHEEL LED PCB
illustration, and install into the Twin LCD Mounting M3 SCREW
Bracket. WHEEL POINTER #4-40 SCREW

2. Attach the LCD Back Cover and secure with four (4) PLASTIC
RIVET
#8-32 Screws.
3. Attach the harnesses to the two (2) 12" LCDs and
secure the harnesses with wire ties. Ensure the
harnesses are firmly attached to the LCD Back Cover REFLECTION SHEET
to prevent contact with the Reels. LIGHT PANEL
WHEEL INSERT
4. Mount the Twin LCD Mounting Bracket on the Reel ROULETTE PANEL
Case Assembly and secure with four (4) #8-32
Screws. WASHER
#8-32 SCREW
5. Insert the LCD Pointer into hole between LCDs
CHROME SCREW CAP
and rotate the Pointer until engaged with the Reel
WHEEL POINTER COVER
Shaft.
6. Apply Permatex Threadlocker™ #22200 (color: Installation
purple) on the M3 Screw threads and insert the
screw into the LCD Pointer and tighten the screw 1. Attach the wire harnesses to the Wheel LED PCB.
while holding the LCD Pointer to prevent rotation of 2. Secure Wheel the LED PCB with eight (8) #4-40
the Reel Assembly. Press the LCD Pointer Cover into Screws to the Reel Case Assembly.
the hole on the LCD Pointer. 3. Attach Reflection Sheet, Light Panel and Wheel
7. Rotate the Reel Case Assembly 90° and install the Insert to the Wheel LED PCB by pressing four (4)
Reel Light Panel Assembly. Connect the harness to Plastic Rivets into the Wheel LED PCB.
the two LED Light Panels. 4. Attach the Roulette Panel with four (4) #8-32 Screws
8. Install four (4) #8-32 Screws with Washers. Cover and Washers. Cover the Screws with four (4) Chrome
the screws with Chrome Screw Caps. Screw Caps.
9. Close Top Box Doors. 5. Insert the Wheel Pointer in the hole of the Roulette
10. Turn AC Power on and close Main Cabinet Door. Panel and rotate the Wheel Pointer until it is engaged
with the Reel Case Assembly shaft.
Wheel LED PCB 6. Apply Permatex Threadlocker™ #22200 (color:
Removal purple) on the M3 Screw threads and insert the
1. Open Main Cabinet Door and turn off AC power. screw into the Wheel Pointer. Tighten the screw while
holding the Wheel Pointer to prevent rotation of the
2. Open the Top Box Door and locate the Reel Case
Reel Assembly. Install the Wheel Pointer Cover into
Assembly.
the hole of the Wheel Pointer.
3. Rotate the Reel Case Assembly 90° and remove the
7. Close Top Box Doors.
Wheel Pointer Cover.
8. Turn AC power on and close Main Cabinet Door.
4. Insert a Phillips screwdriver into the Wheel Pointer,
and while holding the Wheel Pointer to prevent
rotation, remove the M3 Screw and the Wheel
Pointer.
5. Remove four (4) Chrome Screw Caps, and four (4)
#8-32 Screws and Washers securing the Roulette
Panel and remove the panel.
6. Remove the four (4) Plastic Rivets securing the
Reflection Sheet, Light Panel and Wheel Insert.
7. Remove the eight (8) # 4-40 Screws securing the
Wheel LED PCB.
8. Disconnect the attached wire harnesses.

P/N 810057 3-13 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

Assemblies-Illustrated Parts Breakdowns

P/N 810053 Main Machine Assembly
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 630004 Tower, Two-Tier Tall
2. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 (2)
3 330789 Assy, Top Box
4. 450433 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 10-32x3/8 (8)
5. 330807 Assy, Cab, Main
6. 330732 Assy, Door Main
7. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (4)

1 2

3 4

6 7

P/N 810057 3-14 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330807 Assembly, Main Cabinet

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 330713 Assy, Housing, CPU (Logic Unit) 29. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/4 (4)
2. 450109 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/2 (3) 30. 450167 Screw, Pan Head Phillips, M3x12 (2)
3. 530303 PCB, K-3URV, K3-ICON 31. 410008 Entry, BV, I/F, JCM
4. 130593 Assy, Wldmnt, Lock Bar, Main Cab Door 32. 450112 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x3/8 (3)
5. 230004 Nut, Retaining, Latch Bar (2) 33. 410019 Tube, Drop
6. 490065 Sensor, Photo, Aleph 34. 191618 Tray, Slide, PS
7. 190309 Bkt, Mtg, Sensor, Main Door Cam 35. 450161 Screw, Connector Mounting (2)
8. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (37) 36. 310287 Assy, Power Supply
9. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4 (4) 37. 310234 Hopper, LP, Side Eject, Quarter
10. 130643 Assy, Wldmnt, Main Cab 38. 191617 Plt, Louver (2)
11. 890079 Decal, Reset, Audit 39. 470044 Gasket, Louver Plt (2)
12. 310025 Keyswitch, Rotary, Slide, Assy 41. 330174 Assy, Power Control Panel
13. 130057 Plug, Reset Key 42. 191578 Bkt, Mtg, Hopper Plug
14. 450285 Washer, Fender, #10 OD 1”x7/32 ID x3/64 43. 330700 Assy, Bracket, Mtg, PTR
15. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 44. 330764 Assy, PTR, Seiko Gen 2
16. 830055 Decal, FCC, Disclaimer 45. 490152 Clamp, Vinyl Coated, 2 1/2, Black (11)
17. 191617 Plate, Serial Number, TUV 46. 190026 Guide, Hopper, LF
18. 450163 Rivet, Pop, 1/8” Dia x 3/8” Long (4) N/S* 110426 Hrns, K3-URV, Hopper
19. 710000 Lock, Barrel, .625 Long N/S* 110418 Hrns, K3-URV, Main
20. 191543 Cam, Main Door N/S* 490078 Cord, AC
21. 330099 Assy, Switch, BV Door *N/S = Not Shown
22. 190027 Guide, Hopper, Rt
23. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 (14)
24. 330698 Assy, HSG, BV, JCM
25. 190223 Hold, Switch, Cbnt
26. 490044 Switch, Cherry, E79-30A
27. 310182 BV, JCM, UBA-10-SS, Std w/ Cashbox
28. 450127 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M4x6 (7)

P/N 810057 3-15 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

1
3
2

4 5
9
6 2

7 8
23 46

8 45

10
28 44

11
8 43
12

13
14
15
23 42
16
35

8 41
19 17
20 18

8 38 39 21

22 23

36 23 24 8
35 32
23 34
33 25 8

30 31 26
37
27 28 29

P/N 810057 3-16 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330732 Assembly, Main Door

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 330728 Assy, Pnl, 15 Btn 21. 191557 Catch, Door, Main Cab
2. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (7) 22. 450439 Grommet, Rubber, .50 ODx.25 Thick (2)
3. 450428 Screw, Tpg, Hex Wshr Hd, 8-32x.250 (4) 23. 450229 Bearing, Guide
4. 330745 Assy, Bzl, Bill Validation (2) 24. 191558 Brkt, Act, Door Sw, Main Cab
5. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 (10) 25. 191546 Tray, Coin
6. 610042 Door, Main Cab 26. 610046 Cap, End, Coin Tray, Rt
7. 450418 Clamp, Nylon, .125 ID, Off-White (2) 27. 610045 Cap, End, Coin Tray, Lt
8. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x3/8 (2) 28. 450431 Screw, Tpg, Hex Wshr, Hd, 8-32x.500 (4)
9. 610052 Backplate, Coin, Quarter (Reference) 29. 330706 Assy, Door, Belly
10. 450420 Screw, Tpg, Hex Wshr Hd, 4-40x.250 (2) 30. 710000 Lock, Barrell, .625 Long
11. 191545 Hinge, Door 31. 191513 Cam, Lock, Belly Door
12. 450430 Screw, Tpg, Hex Wshr Hd, 8x32x.375 (24) 32. 230055 Pin, Slide Lock, Belly Door
13. 191556 Brkt, Pivot, Belly Door (2) 33. 450166 E-Ring, .3431Dx.039 Groove
14. 191549 Brkt, Mtg, Coin Pnl 34. 230001 Guide, Pin, Slide Lock, Belly Door
15. 450282 Nut, Hex, Nylon, 8-32 (2) 35. 410226 Cvr, Btn, Side (2)
16. 450185 Door Stay, 10.5” 36. 191047 Clamp, Bkt, Btn Cvr (2)
17. 330703 Assy, Panel, Coin 37. 310207 Bolster, Door, Main Cab
18. 530000 Comparitor, 5-Cent, HUC17, Coin Mech (Ref) 38. 610044 Cover, Coin Tray (Optional)
19. 130597 Assy, Wldmnt, Chute, Coin Exit 39. 330839 Assy, Drain Bezel, Lt
20. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (3) 40. 330840 Assy, Drain Bezel, Rt

P/N 810057 3-17 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

2
4
1 3
39

5
7
6
40

33 8

37 9

36 5
10
31
11
35 12

34 2
13

30 12

15
32 14 5 12
29

23
33
22
24 12

21 12
16

12
17
18

20
26
19
12 25

OPTIONAL 38

P/N 810057 3-18 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330789 Assembly, Top Box

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 330792 Assy, Door, Top 8. 330794 Assy, Reel Case
2. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (15) 9. 450433 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 10-32x3/8 (2)
3. 330803 Assy, LCD, Top Box 10. 330796 Assy, Speaker
4. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 (12) 11. 330791 Assy, Door, Btm
5. 310293 Assy, Motor N/S* 490493 Cable, Video, DV1-A M - HD-15 F, 6.6 Ft (2)
6. 330790 Assy, Cab, Top Box N/S* 490494 Cable, RS232, DB9 M - DB9 F, 6 Ft.
7. 330793 Assy, Sensor *N/S = Not Shown

4 5 4

6
2 3

4 7

1 2

8 9

4 10
2 11

P/N 810057 3-19 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330790 Assembly, Cabinet, Top Box

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (20) 14. 450108 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x3/8 (2)
2. 191655 Brkt, Hanger, Harness 15. 530314 PCB, Driver, Motor
3. 191229 Bkt, Candle Mtg, Tbstn Tb 16. 230004 Nut, Retaining, Latch Bar (5)
4. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 (6) 17. 130628 Assy, Wldmnt, Lock Bar, Btm
5. 530323 PCB, Controller, LED 18. 130629 Assy, Wldmnt, Lock Bar, Top
6. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4 (10) 19. 410018 Cover, Meter, Clear
7. 530315 PCB, Motor Pulse 20. 330003 Meter, 5 Unit
8. 490044 Switch, Cherry, E-79-30A (2) 21. 450282 Nut, Hex, Nylock, 8-32 (4)
9. 710000 Lock, Barrell, .625 Long (2) 22. 310219 Assy, Woofer, 3”
10. 190712 Cam, Main Door, Optic Equiped Adv. (2) 23. 490152 Clamp, Vinyl Coated, 2 1/2, Black (12)
11. 191653 Cvr, Sensor N/S* 110454 Hrns, DSR, Motor
12. 130627 Assy, Wldmnt, Cab, Top Box N/S* 110451 Hrns, DSR, LED Hub
13. 191654 Brkt, Shipping *N/S = Not Shown

1 2

3 4

5 6
1 23

21 22

1 19 20 6 7

16 18

16 17

10
14 15 4 13
12 4 11

P/N 810057 3-20 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330791 Assembly, Door, Bottom

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 (18) 13. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4 (6)
2. 191669 Bkt, Clamp, Plex, Btm Dr (4) 14. 191670 Brkt, Mtg, PCB, LED, Side (2)
3. 450229 Bearing, Guide 15. 191671 Plt, Reflector (2)
4. 410254 Pnl, Diffuser, Side (2) 16. 450014 Nut, Hex Kep, 4-40 (8)
5. 410249 Plex, Door, Btm 17. 191696 Grill, Speaker, Btm Door (2)
6. 130642 Assy, Wldmnt, Door, Btm 18. 450449 Standoff, Hex, 4-40x.25, M/F (6)
7. 450380 Stay Door, 6.7” 19. 530320 PCB, LED, Top/Btm (2)
8. 450282 Nut, Hex, Nylock, 8-32 20. 450044 Screw, Flat Head, 4-40x1/4 (6)
9. 191695 Hinge, Door, Btm 21. 410250 Pnl, Diffuser (2)
10. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (5) 22. 410263 Bumper, Door, Btm
11. 450452 Standoff, Hex, 4-40x1.00, M/F (4) N/S* 110477 Hrns, DSR, LED, Middle 2 (2)
12. 530256 PCB, KS-M5R, LED, Top-S (2) N/S* 110476 Hrns, DSR, LED, Middle 1
*N/S = Not Shown

1 2 3 4 5
1 15

12 13
6
11

7 8 9 10

1 14 11

20 21

13 22
16 17
1 15 12 13
18 19 1 14

P/N 810057 3-21 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330792 Assembly, Door, Top P/N 330796 Assembly, Speaker

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 130639 Assy, Wldmnt, Door, Top 1. 191596 Pnl, Blank, Podium
2. 191466 Bkt, Glass Mtg, Side (2) 2. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (2)
3. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/4 (7) 3. 191688 Bkt, Mtg, Sys Pnl
4. 450229 Bearing, Guide 4. 410251 Lens, PCB, 7-Segment Meter
5. 191222 Bkt, Glass Mtg, Uppr (3) 5. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (2)
6. 191694 Hinge, Door, Top 6. 450014 Nut, Hex Kep, 4-40 (10)
7. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (4) 7. 530319 PCB, Meter, 7-Segment
8. 450380 Stay, Door, 6.7” 8. 450451 Standoff, Hex, 4-40x.50, M/F (6)
9. 450282 Nut, Hex, Nylock, 8-32 9. 530322 Speaker, Rect., 8-Ohms, 5-Watts (2)
10. 410185 Bezel, 19” LCD w/TS N/S* 110456 DSR, LED, Meter
11. 410248 Plex, Top Door N/S* 110455 Hrns, DSR, Speaker
N/S* 470027 Gasket, Adhesive, LCD Bezel (4) *N/S = Not Shown
*N/S = Not Shown 1 2
3 2 4
5 3
6 9
1
6 7
3

8 9 6 7 4 5
11 NOTE: ATTACH BEZEL 410185 TO
10 PLEX 410248 USING ADHESIVE
GASKET 470027 (NOT SHOWN).
P/N 330793 Assembly, Sensor DSR
TRIM GASKET TO FIT.
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 191656 Bkt, Mtg, Sensor
2. 450114 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-23x1/2 (3)
3. 490489 Sensor, Photo (3)
N/S* 110478 Hrns, DSR, Sensor, Disk
*N/S = Not Shown

2 3
1

P/N 810057 3-22 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 310293 Assembly, Motor P/N 330803 Assembly, LCD, Top Box
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 530318 Motor, Reel Case 1. 410169 Mirror, LED, Top
2. 490489 Sensor, Photo (2) 2. 450109 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/2 (8)
3. 450114 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/2 (2) 3. 530257 PCB, KS-M5R, LED, Top-R (2)
4. 191664 Bkt, Mtg, Photo Sensor (2) 4. 410171 Barrier, LED PCB, Top (2)
5. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 (4) 5. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4 (10)
6. 450135 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M6x12 (4) 6. 191227 Bkt, Mtg, LED PCB, Uppr
7. 450445 Key, Shaft, Motor 7. 130640 Assy, Wldmnt, LCD Mtg Brkt, Rt
8. 230067 Gear, Pinion 8. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/4 (4)
9. 450444 Screw, Set, 8-32x5/16 (2) 9. 530256 PCB, KS-M5R, LED, Top-S (2)
10. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x3/8 (6) 10. 410170 Barrier, LED PCB, Side (2)
11. 130638 Assy, Wldmnt, Pipe, Gear 11. 410168 Mirror, LED, Side (2)
12. 230068 Gear, Driven 12. 530218 LCD 19”
13. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (2) 13. 450128 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M4x8 (4)
14. 191663 Brkt, Stopper 14. 130641 Assy, Wldmnt, LCD Mtg Brkt, Lt
15. 450446 Bushing, Flange N/S* 110458 Hrns, DSR, LED, Top
16. 130637 Assy, Wldmnt, Brkt, Mtg, Motor *N/S = Not Shown
17. 450448 Washer, Thrust (2) 3 4 5
18. 450447 Bearing, Thrust
19. 191662 FLag, Limit, Photo Sensor 1 2 6
20. 410247 Cvr, Gear Pipe
N/S* 110479 Hrns, DSR, Sensor Limit
*N/S = Not Shown

20 10 1
8 14
17

19

2 3 7
8
18

17
16

4 5 12 13
15 9
6 11 2

10 5
7

13 14
8 9 3

3 12
SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
PARTS INCLUDED
WITH MOTOR 530318.

APPLY HIGH-STRENGTH
THREADLOCKING
COMPOUND
10 11 TO SCREW THREADS.
APPLY MULTIPURPOSE
LITHIUM GREASE
3
TO GEAR TEETH.

P/N 810057 3-23 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330794 Assembly, Reel Case

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 130634 Assy, Base, Reel Case, Weld 18 450401 Guide, Bushing (6)
2. 130635 Assy, Actuator Disc, Weld 19 450453 Ball Transfer, Flange Mount, 1” Dia Ball (3)
3. 310279 Assy, Reel, StarPoint 79.5mm 24 Pos (Ref) 20 450457 Cap, Snap, Chrome, #8 (4)
4. 330800 Assy, Light Panel 21 530316 PCB, Video
5. 330801 Assy, LCD, Twin 22 830274 Decal, Reel Mech #1 (2)
6. 330802 Assy, Lt Panel, Reel 23 830275 Decal, Reel Mech #2 (2)
7. 410236 Pointer, Wheel 24 830276 Decal, Reel Mech #3 (2)
8. 410238 Cvr, Wheel Pointer 25 830657 Decal, Arrow, Wheel
9. 410239 Pointer, LCD 26 830715 Decal, Mech Spacer, Adv Revolution
10 410241 Cvr, LCD Pointer N/S* 110450 Hrns, DSR, Reel
11 410258 Spacer, Ball Transfer N/S* 110472 Hrns, DSR, LCD, LVDS-A
12 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, #8-32 (14) N/S* 110473 Hrns, DSR, LCD, LVDS-B
13 450107 Screw, SEMS, PH Phillips, #4-40 x 1/4 (4) N/S* 110474 Hrns, DSR, LCD, PWR-A
14 450115 Screw, SEMS, PH Phillips, #8-32 x 1/4 (7) N/S* 110475 Hrns, DSR, LCD, PWR-B
15 450117 Screw, SEMS, PH Phillips, #8-32 x 3/8 (12) *N/S = Not Shown
16 450123 Screw, SEMS, PH Phillips, #M3 x 8 (2)
17 450229 Bearing, Guide

P/N 810057 3-24 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330800 Assembly, Panel, Light

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 191657 Bkt, Mtg, PCB, Wheel LED
2. 410242 Sheet, Reflection
3. 410243 Panel, Light
4. 410245 Panel, Roulette
5. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4 (8)
6. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x3/8 (4)
7. 450443 Rivet, Plastic (4)
8. 450457 Cap, Snap, Chrome #8
9. 530317 PCB, Wheel LED
10. 830714 Insert, Diffuser, Wheel LED

P/N 330801 Assembly, LCD, Twin

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 130636 Assy, Bkt, Mtg, Twin LCD, Weld
2. 191658 Cover, Back, Twin LCD
3. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 (4)
4. 470049 Gasket, Side, LCD (8)
5. 470050 Gasket, Long, LCD (6)
6. 470051 Gasket, Back, LCD (2)
7. 530334 Assy, LCD, 12” Sharp
8. 830653 Decal, Center LCD

P/N 330802 Assembly, Light Panel, Reel

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 191659 Bkt, Mtg, Left, Lt Panel
2. 191664 Bkt, Support, Lt Panel (4)
3. 191725 Bkt, Mtg, Right, Lt Panel
4. 310285 Assy, LED Lt Pnl, Reel Case (2)
5. 410256 Plex, Reel Case (2)
6. 410259 Diffuser, Light Panel
7. 450014 Nut, Hex Kep, #4-40 (4)
8. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, #6-32 (8)
9. 490152 Clamp, Vinyl Coated, 2 1/2”, Black (2)
10. 830656 Insert, Reel Case (2)

P/N 810057 3-25 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330745 Assembly, BV/Printer Bezel P/N 310287 Assembly, Power Supply
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 310278 Assy., Insert with Plex, Bv 1. 130613 End Cap, Frnt, PS Assy., Weld
2. 530297 PCB, K3-URV, K3Bilb-Ext 2. 490450 Supply, Power, 24 VDC, 240 W, 100-240 VAC
3. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4 3. 450051 Screw, Flat Head, 6-32x3/8
4. 310277 Assy, Bezel with Plex 4. 191608 Cover, PS Assy
5. 530298 PCB, K3-URV, K3-Bilb 5. 450109 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/2
6. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 6. 191609 End Cap, Rear, PS Assy
7. 191622 Brkt, Mtg, Bzl, Bv 7. 490449 Supply, Power 12 VDC, 150 W, 100-240 VAC
8. 191623 Plt, Grounding, Bill Entry 8. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4
9. 830535 Decal, Bill Entry, Top 9. 130611 Frame, Ps Assy, Weld
10. 830536 Decal, Bill Entry, Btm 10. 190592 Bkt, Retaining, SSR
11. 490289 SSR, I/O, Power Supply
1
12. 830056 Decal, Replace Same Fuse
13. 830565 Decal, Main Power
2 14. 490465 Switch, Rocker, Mini Euro Style, 240 VAC
REFERENCE 10
N/S* 110417 Hrns, K3-URV, Power Supply
3 *N/S = Not Shown
REFERENCE 9
4
3
5 6

8 2

6
5
1

6
7

14 13 12 11 10 9 8
P/N 330706 Assembly, Belly Door
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION P/N 330099 Assembly, BV Door Switch
1. 191551 Door, Belly
2. 191551 Latch, Belly Door ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
3. 450430 Screw, Tpg, Hex Wshr Hd, 8-32x.375 1. 450144 Nut, Nylon, 2-56 (2)
4. 330705 Assy, Logo, Belly Door 2. 191643 Cvr, Sw, BV Door
3. 490050 Switch, Omron, Sb Min., w/Lever Actuator
2 3 4. 190596 Bracket, Switch, BV Door
N/S 110054 Hrns, Bill Door Switch
1 4
3

4 3

P/N 810057 3-26 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330705 Assembly, Logo, Belly Door P/N 330713 Assembly, CPU (Logic Unit) Housing
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 410207 Plex, Logo, Belly Door 1. 190020 Cam, Lock, CPU Door
2. 530287 PCB, K3-URV, K3-Belly 2. 490358 Compact Flash Card 128MB
3. 191550 Brkt, Mtg, Logo, Belly Door 3. 530054 Fan, Logic Box, 600mm Hrns
4. 450123 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3x8 4. 190070 Fan, Guard, 3.25” Mtg
5. 410206 Shld, Lt, Logo, Belly Door 5. 450146 Guide, PCB, 6”, HSN, CPU (2)
6. 410208 Bzl, Logo, Belly Door 6. 130602 Housing, Logic Box, Weld
7. 450220 Screw, Flat Head, M3x6 7. 710000 Lock, Barrel, .625” Long
N/S* 110424 Hrns, K3-URV, LED, Belly 8. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, #6-32
*N/S = Not Shown 9. 450366 Nut, Hex, #2-56
2 10. 530307 PCB, K3-IFB, Backplane
11. 530210 PCB, KS, MMB, Memory
3 12. 530250 PCB, KS, MPU, Main
13. 450110 Screw, Sems, PH Phillips, #6-32 x 1/4 (9)
1 14. 450121 Screw, Sems, PH Phillips, M3-5 x 1/4 (2)
1 15. 490046 Switch, Omron, SB MIn, W/Roller Actuator
16. 450389 Tag, Security
N/S 110308 Hrns, KS, Logic Door Switch

6 7 4 5

1 SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY

P/N 810057 3-27 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330698 Assembly, HSG, BV, JCM P/N 330838 Assembly, HSG, BV, MEI, Cashflow SC
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/4 (4) 1. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/4
2. 130591 Assy, Wldmnt, BV HSG 2. 130591 Assy, Wldmnt, BV HSG
3. 490046 Switch, Omron, Sbmin, w/Roller Actuator (2) 3. 191540 Brkt, Sw, Cash Box
4. 450144 Nut, Nylok, 2-56 4. 190048 Cam, Door, BV
5. 191540 Brkt, Sw, Cash Box 5. 710000 Lock, Barrell, .625 Long
6. 190048 Cam, Door, BV 6. 450014 Nut, Hex Kep, 4-40
7. 710000 Lock, Barrel, .625 Long 7. 191721 Brkt, Filler, BV Door
8. 450014 Nut, Hex Kep, 4-40 (2) 470005 Gasket, Black, .50x.50, w/PSA, Roll
9. 191721 Brkt, Filler, BV Door
1 2
470005 Gasket, Black, .50x.50 w/PSA, Roll
N/S* 110056 HRNS, Bill Stacker Switch 2 (JCM)
N/S* 110055 HRNS, Bill Stacker Switch 1 (JCM)
*N/S = Not Shown
1 2 3 6 7
4

8 9

3
4
5

5
6
7

P/N 330699 Assembly, HSG, BV, MEI, Cashflow SCM

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 130591 Assy, Wldmnt, BV HSG
2. 190048 Cam, Door, BV
3. 710000 Lock, Barrel, .625 Long
4. 450014 Nut, Hex Kep, 4-40 (2)
5. 191721 Brkt, Filler, BV Door
470005 Gasket, Black, .50x.50, w/PSA, Roll
1

4 5

2
3

P/N 810057 3-28 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330714 Assembly, Power Control Panel (US/Canada) P/N 330762 Assembly, Power Control Panel (International)
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 830057 Decal, Turn Off Power, Electrical Shock 1. 830057 Decal, Turn Off Power, Electric Shock
2. 830058 Decal, Checking or Replacing Fuse 2. 191642 Housing, Pwr Cont Pnl, Intl
3. 191575 Housing, A/C Box 3. 830058 Decal, Checking or Replacing
4. 830075 Decal, Master Fuse, 250 V, 10 A, 115 VAC 4. 830542 Decal, Masterfuse, 250 V, 5 A, 240 VAC w/Arrow
5. 830074 Decal, AC 115 V In, 10 A 5. 830540 Decal, AC 240 V In w/Arrow
6. 490055 Holder, Fuse, 3453LF1-010 (5) 6. 830541 Decal, Masterfuse, 250 V, 5 A, 240 VAC
7. 490036 Fuse, 10 A, Dia 6.4x31.8 7. 830543 Decal, AC 240 V In, 5 A
8. 490056 Holder, Fuse, Knob, 3453LF1-020 (5) 8. 490462 Fuse, 5 A, 5x20 mm, IEC
9. 530032 Connector, AC 9. 530032 Connector, AC
10. 830061 Decal, Earth Ground (2) 10. 830061 Decal, Earth Ground (2)
11. 830235 Decal, Master Fuse, 250 V 10 A 115 VAC, Arrow 11. 490290 Filter, Noise, NSR
12. 830236 Decal, AC 115 V In, 10 A 12. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (2)
13. 830676 Decal, Unswitched Outlet, 120 V, 1 A Max (2) 13. 830675 Decal, Unswitched Outlet, 100-240 V, 1 A Max (2)
14. 830056 Decal, Replace Same Fuse 14. 830056 Decal, Replace Same Fuse
15. 490290 Filter, Noise, NSR 15. 490459 Outlet, Convenience, IEC (3)
16. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (2) 16. 490463 Fuse, 2.5 A, 5x20 mm, IEC
17. 830069 Decal, Fuse, 250 V, 5 A, 115 VAC 17. 490464 Fuse, 1 A, 5x20 mm, IEC (3)
18. 490079 Outlet, Convenience, 120 V (3) 18. 490460 Holder, Fuse, with Knob, 3455HS2 (5)
19. 490034 Fuse, 5 A, Dia 6.4x31.8 19. 830538 Decal, Fuse, 250 V, 2.5 A, 240 VAC
20. 490033 Fuse , 2 A, Dia 6.54x31.8 (3) 20. 830539 Decal, Fuse, 250 V, 1 A, 240 VAC (3)
21. 830068 Decal, Fuse, 250 V, 2 A, 115 VAC (3) 21. 830673 Decal, Switched Outlet, 100-240 V, 1 A Max
22. 830674 Decal, Switched Outlet, 120V, 1 A Max N/S* 110426 Harness, AC, Inside
N/S* 110234 Harness, AC Inside N/S* 110231 Harness, AC Inlet, NSR
N/S* 110231 Harness, AC Inlet, NSR *N/S = Not Shown
*N/S = Not Shown 2 4
3
1 5
1 2 3
4 6

21
7
22
5 20 8
6
21
7
19
20 18
9
17 9
8

10

13
14
16 10
11 15

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

WARNING: Incorrect fuse replacement can result

in damage, injury or serious bodily harm. Replace
fuses with ones of the same type and electrical rating. 12 11

10

P/N 810057 3-29 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330700 Assembly, PTR Mtg Bkt P/N 330764 Assembly, PTR, Future Logic Gen 2
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 191542 Brkt, Tilt, PTR 1. 310172 Assy, Printer, Seiko, Gen 2
2. 130592 Assy., Wldmnt, PTR Bkt 2. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4
3. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 3. 530214 PCB, Illumination, Future Logic, N/G
4. 230056 Pin, Pivot, PTR 4. 410203 Bzl, PTR
1 5. 450122 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3x6

4
5

2 3
2

P/N 330728 Assembly, Pnl, 15 Btn

P/N 330765 Assembly, PTR, Ithaca 950
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 490393 Button, SM Sqr, LED, w/Clear Lens
1. 310181 Printer, Ithaca Epic 950
2. 130615 Assy, Wldmnt, Pnl, 15 Btn
2. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4
3. 490392 Button, LG Rect, LED, w/Clear Lens
3. 530214 PCB, Illumination, Future Logic, N/G
N/S* 110422 Hrns, K-3 URV, Play Button
4. 410203 Bzl, PTR
*N/S = Not Shown
5. 450122 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3x6
1 110399 Hrns, Printer Adapter, Ithaca/JCM (Not Shown)
2
3
1

P/N 330744 Assembly, Pnl, 9 Btn

4
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
2
1. 130625 Assy, Wldmnt, Cvr, 5 Btn 3
2. 130626 Assy, Wldmnt, Cvr, 1 Btn
3. 490397 Button, Lg Sqr, LED, w/Clear Lens P/N 330766 Assembly, PTR, Paycheck 3
4. 191047 Clamp, Bkt, Btn Cvr (4)
5. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (4) ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
6. 490393 Button, Sm Sqr, LED, w/Clear Lens (8) 1. 310181 Printer, Nanoptix Paycheck 3
7. 130615 Assy, Wldmnt, Pnl, 15 Btn 2. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4
N/S 110422 Hrns, K3-URV, Play Button 3. 530214 PCB, Illumination, Future Logic, N/G
*N/S = Not Shown 4. 410203 Bzl, PTR
5. 450122 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3x6
2 110399 Hrns, Printer Adapter, Ithaca/JCM (Not Shown)
1 3

7
6

4
3 2
5

P/N 810057 3-30 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 330703 Assembly, Coin Panel P/N 330304 Assembly, Coin Handling
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 130596 Assy, Wldmnt, Coin Pnl 1. 190819 Frame, Coin Handling
2. 230000 Bushing, Slide Lock, Belly Door 2. 450049 Screw, Flat Head, 6-32x1/4 (4)
3. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x3/8 3. 410021 Clip, Mount, Acceptor, Coin (2)
4. 450160 Spring, Extension, .25 Dia.x1 Long 4. 450120 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3x4 (2)
5. 191547 Bar, Slide, Belly Door 5. 530026 Solenoid, Photo, Alpeh
6. 490044 Switch, Cherry, E79-30A 6. 450405 Spring, Solenoid
7. 130595 Assy, Wldmnt, Coin Pnl 7. 450404 Spring, Pin, 3x10 mm, Steel
8. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 8. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4 (5)
9. 130033 Chute, Drop, Wldmnt 9. 230010 Bushing, Guide, CN, Diverter
10. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 10. 190818 Link, Actuator Diverter
11. 450176 Washer, #8 Flat 11. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6x32x1/4 (4)
12 330304 Coin Handling 12 410012 Chute, Reject
1 2 3
13. 190817 Bkt, Mtg., Lower, Coin Handling
10 12
14. 190824 Bkt, Guide, Drop Chute
4 15. 450109 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/2
16. 230014 Pin, Stop, Diverter
5 17. 410010 Diverter
18. 230012 Pin, Pivot, Diverter
19. 130040 Chute, Drop, Coin
20. 450164 E-Ring, Shaft Size 3mmx.5mm Groove (3)
21. 130037 Guide, Coin Handling, Wldmnt
3 22. 190824 Bkt., Guide, Drop Chute
6 23. 190063 Chute, Hopper
24. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32
11

1 2 3 4 5
10 9

8 7
6
P/N 330003 Assembly, Meter
24 7
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
8
1. 130032 Bkt, Meter, Wldmnt
2. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32x1/4 9
3. 830062 Decal, Meters, Total In 23
10
4. 830063 Decal, Meters, Total Out
5. 830064 Decal, Meters, Coin to Cashbox
6. 830065 Decal, Meters, Jackpot Balance 22

7. 830066 Decal, Meters, Total Bill 21

11
8. 530021 PCB, Counter BD-2

12
20

19 18 17 16 15 14 13

1 8 7

P/N 810057 3-31 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 530218 Assembly, LCD, Touch Screen, 19” P/N 310234 Assembly, Hopper LP, Side Eject, Quarter

NOTE: LCD parts are covered by a Direct Exchange NOTE: Hoppers are covered by a Direct Exchange System.
System. Please contact your Konami representative for Please contact your service representative for more
more information when ordering these parts. information when ordering these parts.

P/N 330760 Assembly, Optic Sensor, Cab Side

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
P/N 310182 Assembly, Bill Validator (UBA10 Standard) 1. 191640 Bkt, Mtg, Optic Sensor, Cab Side
P/N 310183 Assembly, Bill Validator (UBA10 ICB) 2. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4
P/N 310188 Assembly, Bill Validator (UBA11 Standard) 3. 490354_2 Optic, Door Switch, Cabinet Side, Puerto Rico
P/N 310189 Assembly, Bill Validator (UBA11 ICB)
P/N 310092 Assembly, Bill Validator (Mars SC6607) 2
P/N 310205 Assembly, Bill Validator (Mars Cashflow w/EZ Trax)
P/N 310275 Assembly, Bill Validator (Mars SC8307) 1
P/N 310288 Assembly, Bill Validator (Mars, SCM6607YE, 1000 NOTE:
Note) THIS ASSEMBLY IS
PART OF KIT K-0341

P/N 330761 Assembly, Optic Sensor, Door Side

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION
1. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4
2. 191461 Bkt, Mtg, Optic Sensor, Door Side
3. 490354_1 Optic, Door Switch, Door Side, Puerto Rico

NOTE:
THIS ASSEMBLY IS
PART OF KIT K-0341

NOTE: Bill Validator parts are covered by a Direct

Exchange System. Please contact your Konami
2
representative for more information when ordering these
parts.

1 3

P/N 810057 3-32 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

P/N 630004 Assembly, Signal Tower, Two-Tier, Chrome (Tall)

P/N 630007 Assembly, Signal Tower, Two-Tier, Chrome (Short)
P/N 630015 Assembly, Signal Tower, Two-Tier, Gold (Tall)
P/N 630016 Assembly, Signal Tower, Two-Tier, Gold (Short)
P/N 630025 Assembly, Signal Tower, Three-Tier, Chrome (Short)
P/N 630026 Assembly, Signal Tower, Three-Tier, Gold (Short)

SIGNAL TOWER FILTERS PART NUMBERS

PART # DESCRIPTION
630001 Filter, Tall, Yellow
630002 Filter, Tall, Red
630005 Filter, Tall, Blue
630008 Filter, Tall, Orange
630009 Filter, Tall, Green
630010 Filter, Short, Red
630011 Filter, Short, Blue
630012 Filter, Short, Yellow
630013 Filter, Short, Green
630014 Filter, Short, Orange
630017 Filter, Tall, Brown
630018 Filter, Tall, Pink
630019 Filter, Short, Brown
630020 Filter, Short, Pink
630021 Filter, Yellow/Green/Blue, Multi-Denom
630022 Filter, Yellow/Orange/Blue, Multi-Denom
630023 Filter, Two-Tier, Short, Purple
630024 Filter, Two-Tier, Tall, Purple
630029 Filter, Triple, Red/White/Red
630030 Filter, Triple, Red/White/Yellow
630031 Filter, Triple, Red/White//Grey

P/N 810057 3-33 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION PARTS, ASSEMBLIES & HARDWARE

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

P/N 810057 3-34 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 4 - TROUBLESHOOTING

SECTION 4
Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Charts
DOOR SECURITY
Use the following charts to troubleshoot and diagnose errors.
SCREEN RESET
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD
CAUTION: Distributors, Operators, and Users are
TOP BOX The Top Box Door is Close the Top box
not to modify the equipment for any other use. Konami 015
DOOR OPEN open. door.
Gaming, Inc. cannot be held liable for damages or injuries
FILL BOX The Fill Box Door is Close the Fill Box
resulting from use or modification of this equipment. 016
DOOR OPEN open. Door.
Konami Gaming, Inc. cannot be held liable for damages or
MAINTE-
injuries arising from improper or unsupervised installation, 017 NANCE The Maintenance Door Close the Mainte-
is open. nance Door.
modification, or use of equipment not manufactured or DOOR OPEN
approved by Konami Gaming, Inc. This equipment is Completing the
designed as a gaming device for amusement only, for sale 020 The Main Door was next game play
closed. clears this status
and use in jurisdictions permitting such devices. message.
Completing the
The Cashbox Door was next game play
General Information 021 closed. clears this status
message.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Completing the
SCREEN RESET The Logic Unit Door was next game play
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION 022
MESSAGE METHOD closed. clears this status
message.
Completing the next
Power was just Completing the
001 game play clears this The Bill Acceptor Door next game play
restored. 023
status message. was closed. clears this status
Non-volatile RAM message.
002 was cleared by an Completing the
operator. The Top Box Door was next game play
025 closed. clears this status
The machine has
OUT OF been placed in “out 1. Open the Main Door. message.
003
SERVICE of service” mode by 2. Turn the Reset Key. Completing the
an operator. The Fill Box Door was next game play
026 closed. clears this status
An operator has message.
004
changed options.
Completing the
Host authorizes the The Maintenance Door next game play
Host has disabled 027
005 machine and enables was closed. clears this status
the terminal. message.
for game play.
MAIN DOOR The Main Door was
006
Host has enabled 030 Turn the Reset Key. Reset
the terminal. ACCESSED opened during power off. Key.
DROP DOOR The Drop Box Door was Turn the Reset Key. Reset
031 ACCESSED opened during power off. Key.
Door Security
LOGIC DOOR The Logic Unit Door was Turn the Reset Key. Reset
032
DOOR SECURITY ACCESSED opened during power off. Key.

SCREEN RESET SUB DOOR The Belly Door was Reset

033
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION ACCESSED opened during power off. Turn the Reset Key. Key.
MESSAGE METHOD
The Bill Acceptor Door
BILL DOOR
010
MAIN DOOR
The Main Door is open. Close the Main 034 was opened during Turn the Reset Key. Reset
OPEN Door. ACCESSED Key.
power off.
DROP DOOR The Cashbox Door is Close the Cashbox FILL BOX
011 The Fill Box Door was Reset
open. Door. 035 DOOR
OPEN opened during power off. Turn the Reset Key. Key.
ACCESSED
LOGIC DOOR The Logic Unit door is Close the Logic
012 MAINTE-
OPEN open. Unit Door. The Maintenance Door
NANCE
036 was opened during Turn the Reset Key. Reset
SUB DOOR Close the Belly DOOR Key.
013 The Belly Door is open. power off.
OPEN Door. ACCESSED
BILL DOOR The Bill Acceptor door Close the Bill Ac- Hardware malfunc-
014 MAIN DOOR Replace the MPU Reset
OPEN is open. ceptor Door. 040 tion happened at door
PORT Board. Key.
security device.

P/N 810057 4-1 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 4 - TROUBLESHOOTING

DOOR SECURITY COIN ACCEPTOR AND DIVERTER

SCREEN RESET SCREEN RESET
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD MESSAGE METHOD

DROP DOOR Hardware malfunc- Extra Coin In error

Replace the MPU Reset 105
041 tion happened at door was reset.
PORT Board. Key.
security device.
The Diverter posi-
LOGIC DOOR Hardware malfunc- tion did not change
Replace the MPU Reset DIVERTER
042 tion happened at door and the position Main Door
PORT Board. Key. 111 MALFUNC-
security device. does not match open/close
TION the machine
Hardware malfunc- request.
SUB DOOR Replace the MPU Reset
043 tion happened at door
PORT Board. Key.
security device.
Hardware malfunc- Hopper
BILL DOOR Replace the MPU Reset
044 tion happened at door
PORT Board. Key.
security device. HOPPER
Hardware malfunc- SCREEN RESET
FILL BOX Replace the MPU Reset CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
045 DOOR PORT tion happened at door Board. Key. MESSAGE METHOD
security device.
MAINTE- Hardware malfunc- 1. Fill the Hopper.
Replace the MPU Reset If hopper is not
046 NANCE tion happened at door Board. Key. empty, check for
DOOR PORT security device. Main
Hopper has no Hopper jam or mal-
HOPPER Door
120 more coins to com- function. 2. Open,
EMPTY open/
Handpay plete a pay out. then close the Main close.
Door to clear this
error and restart the
HANDPAY Hopper.
SCREEN RESET Coins jammed at 1. Remove the
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD chute of Hopper jammed coins. 2. Main
or Hopper coin Open, then close Door
ATTENDANT Turn the 121 HOPPER JAM
Attendant pay occurred Jackpot outsensor has not the Main Door to open/
080 PAY jackpot transitioned during clear this error and close.
from cash-out. Reset Key.
$x,xxx.xx Reset Key. a pay out. restart the hopper.
Attendant pay was 1. Check for the
081 been validated and The Hopper Hopper malfunc- Main
reset. HOPPER dispensed more tion. 2. Open, the Door
122 OVER PAY coins than it close the Main open/
Jackpot handpay is should in pay out. Door to clear this close.
Turn the
JACKPOT required from a single Jackpot error.
082 jackpot
$xx,xxx.xx game win or external Reset Key.
Reset Key.
bonuses. 1. Check for the
One or more coins Hopper malfunc- Main
Jackpot hand pay was HOPPER were dispensed tion. 2. Open, the Door
083 123
validated and reset. RUNAWAY after pay out was close the Main open/
completed. Door to clear this close.
Coin Acceptor/Divertor error.
HOPPER DIS- The Hopper is not Connect the Hop-
124 Auto.
COIN ACCEPTOR AND DIVERTER CONNECT connected. per correctly.

SCREEN RESET Hopper Overpay

CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION 125
MESSAGE METHOD error was reset.

COIN 1. Replace the Hopper Runaway

Coin Acceptor 126
ACCEPTOR Coin Acceptor. 2. Main Door error was reset.
100 reported hardware
MALFUNC- Open, then close open/close
malfunction.
TION the Main Door. Bill Validator
1. Remove the
jammed coins. BILL VALIDATOR
2. Verify that the
Coin-in sensor is Coin Acceptor SCREEN RESET
COIN IN blocked or coins and harness Main Door CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
101 MESSAGE METHOD
ERROR are jammed in connections are open/close
Coin Acceptor. mounted cor- Bill Validator Remove and
BV DEVICE
rectly. 3. Open, 130 reported hardware repair the Bill Auto.
FAILURE
then close the malfunction. Validator.
Main Door.
A bill or ticket
COIN BILL JAM IN jammed in the bill
Coin-in sensor 131 Clear the jam. Auto.
ACCEPTOR Main Door ACCEPTOR path of the Bill
102 is blocked out of Validator.
MALFUNC- open/close
sequence.
TION
A bill or ticket
Coins were BILL JAM IN jammed in the s
132 Clear the jam. Auto.
EXTRA COIN accepted during Main Door STACKER Stacker during
104 stacking operation.
IN inhibitation of coin open/close
accepting.

P/N 810057 4-2 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 4 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Touchscreen
BILL VALIDATOR
SCREEN RESET TOUCHSCREEN
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD SCREEN RESET
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
Remove the MESSAGE METHOD
BILL STACKER The Bill Stacker bills or tickets
133 Auto. Communication Cycle power.
FULL is full. from the Bill TOUCH
Stacker. has failed between If this error still
180 PANEL Auto.
the LCD and the remains, replace
BILL STACKER The Bill Stacker is Attach the Bill FAILURE
134 Auto. Machine. the LCD.
REMOVED removed. Stacker.
The Bill Stacker
is not attacked Control Panel
BILL STACKER Attach the Bill
135 at proper stacker Auto.
NOT READY Stacker.
position in the Bill CONTROL PANEL
Validator.
SCREEN RESET
Mount the CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
BV HEADER The Bill Validator MESSAGE METHOD
136 Bill Validator Auto.
ERROR head is removed. head.
Communication
Check harness to
BILL The Bill Valida- Mount the SERIAL IO error has happened
190 the Main Door and Auto.
137 TRANSPORT tor transport is Bill Validator Auto. ERROR with Serial I/O
REMOVED removed. transport. the Control Panel.
device.
1. Check 1. Check harness to
harness and Denomination the Denomination
Communication DENOMI-
connectors. display device on Display board. 2. If
BV COMM has failed between
138 2. Cycle Auto. NATION
ERROR the Bill Validator 191 cabinet may not in- this error remains, Auto.
power to DISPLAY
and the Machine. dicate current player replace the De-
reset the Bill FAILURE
Validator. denomination. nomination Display
board.
The Bill Validator Check for
139 BV ERROR reported cheat Bill Validator Auto.
status. malfunction. Electro-Mechanical Counter

Printer EM COUNTER
SCREEN RESET
PRINTER CODE
MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
METHOD
SCREEN RESET
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION EM COUN- The hardware meter Check harness to
MESSAGE METHOD 202 Auto.
TER ERROR is disconnected. the EM Counter.
Cycle power.
PRINTER The ticket Printer is If this error still
161 Auto. Battery
OFFLINE offline. remains, replace
the Printer.
PRINTER
BATTERY
Fill with Printer
162 PAPER Printer paper is out. Auto. SCREEN RESET
paper.
OUT CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD
Printer paper has
jammed while LOW The Battery sup- 1. Remove and
advancing the paper BATTERY plying power to replace the Bat-
or a new paper has Removed 221 Auto.
PRINTER VOLTAGE non-volatile memory tery. 2. Turn power
163 not loaded at the jammed paper or Auto. (BATTERY1) is low. off then on.
JAM top of form position reload the paper.
for 20 seconds after LOW The Battery sup- 1. Remove and
previous ticket was
completed. BATTERY plying power to replace the Bat-
222 Auto.
VOLTAGE non-volatile memory tery. 2. Turn power
1. Check the (BATTERY2) is low. off then on.
Printer option
in KMS mode
whether the
option is set to Real Time Clock
PRINTER Game has lost com- correct Printer
164 DISCON- munications with the Reset Key. RTC
model.
NECT Printer. 2. Check harness
and cycle power. SCREEN RESET
3. If this error sill CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD
remains, replace
the Printer. Real Time Clock
Set the RTC at
1. Check harness RTC (RTC) has not been
PRINTER 223 clock setup menu Auto.
Game has lost com- and cycle power. ERROR set or clock data is
COMMU- in KMS mode.
165 munications with the 2. If this error sill Auto. invalid.
NICATION Printer. remains, replace
ERROR the Printer.

P/N 810057 4-3 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 4 - TROUBLESHOOTING
EPROM Self Test on Boot Up
EPROM SELF-TEST ON BOOT UP
SCREEN RESET SCREEN RESET
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD MESSAGE METHOD
The processor Cycle power. If EPROM #1 has been Verify that
PROGRAM ROM#1 Reset
EPROM could not read this error remains, 601 changed after last EPROM #1 is
230 Reset Key. CHANGED Key.
ERROR data from EPROM replace the MPU game initialization. valid.
device. board. EPROM #2 has been Verify that
PROGRAM ROM#2 Reset
Cycle power. If 602 changed after last EPROM #2 is
The processor CHANGED Key.
EPROM this error remains, game initialization. valid.
231 could not write data Reset Key.
ERROR replace the MPU EPROM #3 has been Verify that
to EPROM device. PROGRAM ROM#3 Reset
board. 603 changed after last EPROM #3 is
CHANGED Key.
game initialization. valid.
VSU EPROM #4 has been Verify that
PROGRAM ROM#4 Reset
604 changed after last EPROM #4 is
VSU CHANGED
game initialization. valid.
Key.

SCREEN RESET EPROM #5 has been Verify that

CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION PROGRAM ROM#5 Reset
MESSAGE METHOD 605 changed after last EPROM #5 is
CHANGED Key.
game initialization. valid.
Cycle power.
Game could not EPROM #6 has been Verify that
If this error PROGRAM ROM#6 Reset
GAME DATA read game graphic 606 changed after last EPROM #6 is
241 remains, replace Auto. CHANGED Key.
READ ERROR and sound data from game initialization. valid.
the Compact
Compact Flash Card.
Flash Card. EPROM #7 has been Verify that
PROGRAM ROM#7 Reset
607 changed after last EPROM #7 is
CHANGED Key.
Thermometer game initialization. valid.
EPROM #8 has been Verify that
THERMOMETER 608
PROGRAM ROM#7
changed after last EPROM #8 is
Reset
CHANGED Key.
SCREEN RESET game initialization. valid.
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD Compact Flash card
Verify that the
has been changed Reset
1. Turn power off . 621 CF CHANGED Compact Flash
after last game Key.
MPU Board over 2. Check the fan for card is valid.
CPU initialization.
250 heats, which may lead the MPU Board or Auto.
OVERHEAT
memory corruption. replace it.
3. Turn power on.

Communication

COMMUNICATION
SCREEN RESET
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD
COMM. Communication link Check harness and
HOST is down between host interface board
300 Auto.
TIME OUT or control and the between host and the
PORT #1 Machine. machine.
Communication link Check harness and
COMM.
is down between host interface board
301 HOST TIME Auto.
or control and the between host and the
OUTPORT #2
Machine. machine.
Check harness and
COMM. Communication link is
interface board
302 HOST TIME down between host or Auto.
between host and the
OUTPORT #3 control and the achine.
machine.
Communication link 1. Confirm the trans-
was down during action status at host
CASHOUT
credit transfer. Host system. Reset
306 TO HOST
required attendant 2. Turn Reset Key Key.
FAILURE
interruption for the to pay credits for the
transfer failure. transaction.

P/N 810057 4-4 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 4 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Reel Case Assembly (Reel Unit) Self Test On Run Time

REEL CASE ASSEMBLY (REEL UNIT) SELF-TEST ON RUN TIME

SCREEN RESET SCREEN RESET
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD MESSAGE METHOD
Detects if the Reel Check the posi- Program ROM CRC
ROTATABLE
Unit cannot find the tion of code doesn’t match Verify that
490 REEL UNIT INI- Reset Key. PROGRAM
home position during the sensors in 701 CRC code recorded in EPROM #1 is Reset Key.
TIALIZE ERROR ROM#1 ERROR
initialization. the Reel Unit. last game initialization valid.
process.
ROTATABLE Detects if the Reel
Check the posi-
REEL UNIT Unit is in the proper Program ROM CRC
491 tion of the Reel Reset Key.
START POSI- position before the code doesn’t match Verify that
Unit. PROGRAM
TION ERROR start of rotation. 702 CRC code recorded in EPROM #2 is Reset Key.
ROM#2 ERROR
ROTATABLE Detects if the Reel last game initialization valid.
Check the posi- process.
REEL UNIT Unit is in proper
492 tion of the Reel Reset Key.
END POSITION position at the end of Program ROM CRC
Unit.
ERROR rotation. code doesn’t match Verify that
PROGRAM
Check the posi- 703 CRC code recorded in EPROM #3 is Reset Key.
ROM#3 ERROR
tion of the Reel last game initialization valid.
ROTATABLE process.
Detects if the Reel Unit. Move the
REEL UNIT
493 Unit position is out of assembly to the Reset Key. Program ROM CRC
POSITION OUT
range. center position code doesn’t match Verify that
OF RANGE PROGRAM
by hand. Turn 704 CRC code recorded in EPROM #4 is Reset Key.
Reset Key. ROM#4 ERROR
last game initialization valid.
Detects if the Sensor process.
ROTATABLE
input is unstable Check Reel Unit Program ROM CRC
494 REEL UNIT SEN- Reset Key.
while stopping the sensors. code doesn’t match Verify that
SOR ERROR PROGRAM
Reel Unit. 705 CRC code recorded in EPROM #5 is Reset Key.
ROM#5 ERROR
Check position last game initialization valid.
ROTATABLE process.
of Reel Unit or
REEL UNIT Detects if the Reel
Limit Sensors. Program ROM CRC
495 HARDWARE Unit Limit Sensors Automatic.
Move Reel Unit code doesn’t match Verify that
LIMIT SENSOR are out of range. PROGRAM
by hand to its 706 CRC code recorded in EPROM #6 is Reset Key.
ERROR ROM#6 ERROR
center position. last game initialization valid.
ROTATABLE Detects if the Reel process.
REEL UNIT IN- Unit Sensor interrupts Check hard-
496 Reset Key. Program ROM CRC
TERRUPT TIME- timed-out while ware.
code doesn’t match Verify that
OUT ERROR rotating. PROGRAM
707 CRC code recorded in EPROM #7 is Reset Key.
ROM#7 ERROR
ROTATABLE last game initialization valid.
Detects if the Reel
REEL UNIT Check Reel Unit process.
497 Unit rotation did not Reset Key.
ROTATION TIME rotation.
complete in time. Program ROM CRC
OUT
code doesn’t match Verify that
Cycle AC power PROGRAM
708 CRC code recorded in EPROM #8 is Reset Key.
ROTATABLE Detects when Reel off and on or al- ROM#8 ERROR
last game initialization valid.
500 REEL UNIT Unit is returning to low assembly to Automatic. process.
INITIALIZE the home position. return to home
position. Cycle power.
Program CRC code on
If this error
PROGRAM main memory doesn’t
711 remains, Reset Key.
RAM#1 ERROR match Program ROM
replace the
CRC code.
Light Guide Plate MPU Board.
Cycle power.
LIGHT GUIDE PLATE Program CRC code on
If this error
PROGRAM main memory doesn’t
SCREEN RESET 712 remains, Reset Key.
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION RAM#2 ERROR match Program ROM
MESSAGE METHOD replace the
CRC code.
MPU Board.
LIGHT GUIDE Wheel LED PCB
510 PLATE LED Inspect PCB. Reset Key. Cycle power.
color malfunction. Program CRC code on
ERROR If this error
PROGRAM main memory doesn’t
713 remains, Reset Key.
RAM#3 ERROR match Program ROM
replace the
CRC code.
MPU Board.
Cycle power.
Program CRC code on
If this error
PROGRAM main memory doesn’t
714 remains, Reset Key.
RAM#4 ERROR match Program ROM
replace the
CRC code.
MPU Board.

P/N 810057 4-5 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 4 - TROUBLESHOOTING

SELF-TEST ON RUN TIME SELF-DIAGNOSTICS ON BOOT UP

SCREEN RESET SCREEN RESET
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
MESSAGE METHOD MESSAGE METHOD
Cycle power. 1. Verify that EPROM #4 is
Program CRC code on valid.
If this error
PROGRAM main memory doesn’t
PROGRAM Program ROM 2.
715 remains, Reset Key. Turn power off then on.
RAM#5 ERROR match Program ROM 3. If this error happens Restart.
replace the 804 ROM#4 ER- CRC code
CRC code.
doesn’t match. again,
MPU Board. replace the Program
ROR EPROM.
Cycle power. 4. If this error still remains,
Program CRC code on If this error replace the MPU Board.
PROGRAM main memory doesn’t
716 remains, Reset Key.
RAM#6 ERROR match Program ROM 1. Verify that EPROM #5 is
replace the
CRC code. valid.
MPU Board.
PROGRAM Program ROM 2. Turn power off then on.
Cycle power. 3. If this error happens Restart.
Program CRC code on 805 ROM#5 ER- CRC code
If this error
doesn’t match. again,
PROGRAM main memory doesn’t replace the Program
717 remains, Reset Key. ROR
RAM#7 ERROR match Program ROM EPROM.
replace the 4. If this error still remains,
CRC code. MPU Board. replace the MPU Board.
Cycle power. 1. Verify that EPROM #6 is
Program CRC code on If this error valid.
PROGRAM main memory doesn’t
718 remains, Reset Key.
PROGRAM Program ROM 2.
RAM#8 ERROR match Program ROM Turn power off then on.
replace the 3. If this error happens Restart.
CRC code. 806 ROM#6 CRC code
MPU Board.
CHANGED doesn’t match. again, replace the Program
EPROM.
Cycle power. 4. If this error still remains,
GAME If this error replace the MPU Board.
Game data in non-vola-
720 MEMORY COR- tile memory is invalid. remains, Reset Key.
RUPTED replace the 1. Verify that EPROM #7 is
MPU Board. valid.
PROGRAM Program ROM 2. Turn power off then on.
Cycle power. 3. If this error happens Restart.
Game couldn’t read 807 ROM#7 CRC code
If this error
CHANGED doesn’t match. again,
BACKUP DATA data from non-volatile replace the Program
721 remains, Reset Key. EPROM.
ERROR memory or the data is replace the 4. If this error still remains,
invalid. MPU Board. replace the MPU Board.
Cycle power. 1. Verify that EPROM #8 is
If this error valid.
EPROM DATA Data in EPROM is
722 remains, Reset Key.
PROGRAM Program ROM 2.
ERROR invalid Turn power off then on.
replace the 3. If this error happens Restart.
MPU Board. 808 ROM#8 CRC code
CHANGED doesn’t match. again, replace the Program
Verify that EPROM.
GAME DATA Game Data in Compact Compact 4. If this error still remains,
723 ERROR Flash Card is invalid. Flash Card is Reset Key. replace the MPU Board.
valid.
WORK RAM Volatile memory 1. Turn power off then on.
809 ERROR device is dam- 2. If this error happens again, Restart.
Self Diagnostic On Boot Up aged. replace the MPU Board.
The AC power 1. Turn power off.
AC MONI-
SELF-DIAGNOSTICS ON BOOT UP 816
TOR FAIL
supplying to the 2. Check AC line. Restart.
MPU is low. 3. Turn power on.
SCREEN RESET
CODE DESCRIPTION SOLUTION The battery
MESSAGE METHOD
LOW
supplying 1. Turn power off.
1. Verify that EPROM #1 is BATTERY
valid. 821 power to non- 2. Replace the battery. Restart.
VOLTAGE
volatile memory 3. Turn power on.
PROGRAM Program ROM 2. Turn power off then on.
3. If this error happens Restart. (Battery1)
801 ROM#1 ER- CRC code is low.
doesn’t match. again, replace the Program
ROR The battery
EPROM.
4. If this error still remains, LOW
supplying 1. Turn power off.
replace the MPU Board. BATTERY
822 power to non- 2. Replace the battery. Restart.
VOLTAGE
1. Verify that EPROM #2 is volatile memory 3. Turn power on.
valid. (Battery2)
is low.
PROGRAM Program ROM 2. Turn power off then on.
3. If this error happens Restart. Compact Flash
802 ROM#2 ER- CRC code CF DISCON-
doesn’t match. again, replace the Program 823 card is not 1. Turn power off then on. Restart.
ROR NECT
EPROM. mounted.
4. If this error still remains,
replace the MPU Board. 1. Verify that the Compact-
1. Verify that EPROM #3 is Game couldn’t Flash Card is valid.
valid. read data from 2. Turn power off then on.
824 CF ERROR Restart.
PROGRAM Program ROM 2. Turn power off then on. the Compact 3. If this error happens again,
3. If this error happens Restart. Flash card. replace the Compact Flash
803 ROM#3 ER- CRC code
doesn’t match. again, replace the Program
ROR Card.
EPROM.
4. If this error still remains, VIDEO The game failed
replace the MPU Board.
830 DEVICE initialization of Replace the MPU Board. Restart.
ERROR the video chip.

P/N 810057 4-6 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 4 - TROUBLESHOOTING
CPU Exception pended until you recover from the error. If the error message is left on
the screen and you cannot restart the game even though you have
CPU EXCEPTION recovered from the error, insert the Key into the Reset Key-switch and
CODE
SCREEN
DESCRIPTION SOLUTION
RESET turn it 90° clockwise to return to the ordinary game.
MESSAGE METHOD
Serious Coin Jamming
Replace the MPU
901 User break problem in the Restart.
Board. Open the Main Door and check the location of the coin
processor.
Instruction/Data Replace the MPU jamm.
902 Restart
(read) address error Board.
When the Coins are Jammed in the Coin Acceptor:
Instruction/Data Replace the MPU Remove the harness from the Coin Acceptor. Grasp the Coin
903 (read) TLB miss ex- Restart.
Board.
ception Acceptor firmly, and pull from the plastic mounts.
Instruction TLB Replace the MPU Refer to the Coin Acceptor instruction manual provided by the
904 protection violation Restart.
exception Board. manufacturer for more information.
General illegal in- Replace the MPU
Install the Coin Acceptor into the coin track unit. Connect the
905 Restart. connector to the Coin Acceptor. Close the Main Door.
struction exception Board.
Slot illegal instruc- Replace the MPU
906 Restart When the Coins are Jammed in the Coin Track Unit:
tion exception Board.
General FPU dis- Replace the MPU Open the Main Door. Remove the connector from the Coin
907 Restart.
able exception Board. Acceptor. Gently pull the Coin Acceptor from the Coin Track Unit.
Slot FPU disable Replace the MPU Remove the connector of the wire harness from the Coin Track
908 Restart.
exception Board. Unit. Remove the three screws to remove the Coin Track Unit. Remove
912 Data address error Replace the MPU Restart. the coins jammed in the Coin Track Unit. Install the Coin Track Unit
(write) Board.
using the three screws. Connect the wire harness to the Coin Track
Data TLB miss ex- Replace the MPU Unit. Install the Coin Acceptor in the Coin Track Unit. Install the con-
914 Restart.
ception (write) Board.
nector in the Coin Acceptor.
Data TLB protection Close the Main Door.
Replace the MPU
915 violation exception Restart.
Board.
(read)
Data TLB protection Replace the MPU
916 violation exception Restart.
Board.
(write)
Replace the MPU
917 FPU exception Restart.
Board.
Initial page write ex- Replace the MPU
918 Restart.
ception Board.
Unconditional trap Replace the MPU
920 Restart.
(TRAPA) Board.
Unexpected Inter- Replace the MPU
921 rupt INTERRUPT- Restart.
Board.
NAME
Software
923 Software Error exception hap- Restart.
pened.

Suspended Operation
Jackpot Reset
If a single jackpot is won above the ultimate full lock-up amount,
and an 080 attendant pay error is displayed, the game is suspended.
Insert the Key into the Reset Key switch and turn it 90° clockwise after
paying the jackpot to return to the ordinary game.

Attendant Pay
When the number of coins to be paid is more than the number
of coins set (Partial Pay Coins) for the “attendant pay”, the game is
suspended and an 080 attendant pay error is displayed. Insert the Key
into the Reset Key switch and turn it 90° clockwise after the attendant
pay to return to the ordinary game. You can set the number of coins
the attendant pays in the Audit mode.

Error Message in Display

If an error message appears on the screen, the game is sus-

P/N 810057 4-7 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 4 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Installing a Sample Coin (Coin Mech) Slide the cover down to close the Xeptor. Deposit six (6) sam-
Viewing the coin mechanism from the front, slide the sensor ples of the required coin. It is recommended that six (6) different coins
coil to the right. Place the sample coin into position and release the be used to ensure a wider sampling of examples to be examined.
sensor coil. In most cases, the sample coin will seat properly. If coins Slide the cove open. Turn the rotary switch to the “0” position.
are not accepted, repeat the procedure. The LED turns green to indicate the Xeptor is functional. Repeat for
all necessary denominations.

Adjusting the Coin Comparitor (Coin Mech)

Selectivity of the Coin Comparitor can be adjusted for sensitiv-
ity. To set the optimum sensitivity, adjust the potentiometer clock-wise Teach and Run Procedure (Condor)
until a high quality slug is rejected. Test sensitivity using regular coins. The Condor Acceptor uses a teach and run programming
Repeat as necessary. method. Follow these steps to program the Condor for the required
coins.
With a small screwdriver, turn the rotary switch from position “0”
to position 1 through 6 (the denomination option positions). Press the
programming button. The LED turns red, indicating the Condor is in
Learn mode. Deposit samples of the required coin. It is recommended
that different coins be used to ensure a wider sampling of examples
to be examined. The LED will flash green (this usually happens after
four coins). Press the programming button again.
The LED will return to green. Turn the rotary switch back to the
“0” position. The Condor is now ready to accept coins.

F0 1
E
2
BCD

3456

789A

Coin Learn Procedure (IDX)

The IDX Xeptor is designed to accept multiple denominations
as determined by the Operator. Follow the steps below to program
the Xeptor for the coins required.
Lift the cover by pushing up on the bottom right corner of the
plastic cover. With a small screwdriver, turn the rotary switch to posi-
tion 1 through 6 (the denomination option positions). The LED turns
red, indicating the Xeptor is in Learn mode. Press the button once
for each credit to be issued per coin. For a single denomination, one
credit per coin is standard. For multiple denominations, the number
of credits is divided by the lowest incremental rate (i.e. a dollar will
require 4 credits if the machine also accepts quarters (1 quarter=1
credit, $1=4 credits).

P/N 810057 4-8 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 5 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

SECTION 5
Preventive Maintenance

Overview Periodic inspection and maintenance which should be per-

WARNING: Power to the machine must be turned off prior formed at least every twelve months:
to cleaning the inside of the machine or removing any • Clean and test the Bill Acceptor.
mechanical or electrical assembly. Unplug the machine. • Clean coin optics and remove all dust from the MPU
This module describes preventative maintenance inspections, PCB.
adjustments, and cleaning schedules for major assemblies found • Inspect Hopper knife and agitator for wear.
in Konami Gaming, Inc. machines. Assemblies not covered in this • Adjust Coin Acceptor.
module, may be covered in specific jurisdiction or market modules • Check alignment of bill acceptor head and door.
obtainable from your Konami Gaming, Inc. distributor or customer Adjust for proper fit.
service representative. The following procedures are recommended to
ensure reliability and continuous operation of the machine. Assemblies • Check wiring for frayed, cracked, or pinched
covered in this module are: insulation.
• Hopper
Periodic inspection and maintenance which should be per-
• Coin Acceptor formed at least every twenty-four months:
• Coin Diverter • Replace MPU batteries.
• WBA Bill Acceptor
• LCD Assembly Periodic inspection and maintenance which should be per-
• MPU Assembly formed at least every thirty-six months:
• Cabinet • Replace Reel Case Assenbly Motor.
• Deck Buttons
Hopper
• Reel Case Motor Assembly Overview
• Reel Assembly The major components of the Hopper are: a DC motor which
turns a pin wheel to pay out coins or tokens, an optic sensor to count
Periodic inspection and maintenance which should be per- coins or tokens during a payout, and an adjustable coin-level probe
formed least every three months: which informs the machine’s MPU when coins or tokens should be
• Vacuum the inside of the cabinet and remove all dust routed from the hopper to the coin drop bucket.
and debris from the coin chutes, hopper and CPU
housing. Removal
• Clean the LCD screen with an antistatic nonabrasive Unlock and open the main cabinet door. Turn machine power
cloth. off. Slide the hopper forward and out of the cabinet.
• Wipe down cabinet exterior. Clean buttons and face Inspection (90 Day Interval)
plate. Clean display, belly and feature glass. Empty all coins or tokens from the hopper bowl. Inspect the
• Remove all loose coins from inside the machine. hopper bowl for cracks or breaks. Inspect the hopper optic sensor
• Replace burned out lamps and bulbs. for clean surfaces and damage. Verify the optic sensor is securely
• Clean Bill Acceptor validator module optics and cash mounted. Inspect the hopper knife and rubber agitator for wear. Re-
cassette rollers. place if needed. Confirm the hopper knife is secure and correctly
positioned. Confirm the coin-level probe is secure. Confirm the spring
• Inspect Reel Case Motor Assembly screws for
screws securing the coin bowl to the hopper body are tight.
looseness.
• Lubricate Reel Case Motor Assembly gears. Cleaning (90 Day Interval)
• Inspect Reel Assembly screws for looseness. Locate and remove the optic sensor. Use a cotton swab soaked
in isopropyl alcohol to clean the sensor. Wipe dry with a lint free cloth.
Wipe any dust out of the hopper coin bowl with a clean cloth.

Lubrication
Hoppers do not require lubrication. The gear box and motor
are factory sealed units.

P/N 810057 5-1 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 5 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Adjust Hopper Knife (180 Day Interval) COIN
TYPICAL DAMPER WEIGHT
Loosen, but do not remove, the two screws securing the knife WEIGHT
COIN WEIGHT
WEIGHT
PART
MOUNTING
RANGE (GRAMS) SCREW
to the mounting plate. Gently press down on the knife until it lightly (GRAMS)
USED ASSEMBLY NUMBERS
rests on the shelf wheel. Tighten the mounting screws until the knife
Small
is secure. 1.5 to 1.9
Coins/Tokens
06660024 No Weight Not Required Not Required

2.0 to 2.9 1¢, 10¢ 06660051 0.7 040600005-01 Not Required

3.0 to 4.4 5¢, 25¢ 06660012 2.6 040600038-01 Not Required
4.5 to 5.0 Canadian 25¢ 06660101 4.0 040600084-01 Not Required
5.0 to 8.5 25¢, Token 06660013 6.0 040600039-01 Not Required
8.5 to 10.0 Canadian 1$ 06660102 9.0 040600083-2 P-166-6-10
10.0 to 10.5 Special Coins 06660056 10.6 040600081-02 P-166-6-10
Australian
10.5 to 11.0 06660046 12.0 040600080-02 P-166-6-10
Dollar
50¢, $ Game
11.0 and Up 06660014 14.2 040600040-01 P-166-6-12
Tokens
11.0 and Up 1.47” and up
06660076 14.2 040600040-01 P-166-6-12
(dia. only)

Coin Diverter
Overview
The coin diverter, located below the coin acceptor, consists of
Adjust Hopper Coin Out Sensor (180 Day Interval)
a solenoid linked to a diverter plate. Coins inserted through the coin
Loosen, but do not remove, the two screws securing the sen-
head are routed to the hopper bowl. When the hopper reaches an
sor bracket to the mounting plate. Align the bracket so the sensor is
Operator set coin capacity the MPU energizes the diverter solenoid.
centered on the roller count arm. Tighten the mounting screws until
Subsequent coins or tokens inserted are then routed to the drop
the bracket is secure.
bucket inside the stand.
Set Hopper Coin-Level Probe Circuit (As Required)
Inspection (90 Day Interval)
Fill the Hopper with the desired number of coins or tokens.
Inspect the coin diverter plate for foreign materials. Clean the
The coins or tokens should be level with, or slightly below, one of
diverter plate using a cotton swab soaked in isopropyl alcohol. Tighten
the holes located on the side of the coin bowl. Gently shake the coin
all mounting screws/nuts. Verify the diverter plate freely moves. Verify
bowl to settle the coins. Insert and secure a probe into a hole which
wire lugs are firmly attached to the solenoid terminals.
is level with (or just above) the amount of coins or tokens in the bowl.
This sets the coin-level. When the coin or token level drops below the
probe, the coin diverter routes inserted coins or tokens to the hopper.
Level one is the lowest hole on the bowl.

Coin Acceptor
Overview DIVERTER
The MC-40 coin acceptor positions a sample coin in a mag-
netic field. Coins inserted through the coin head are compared to
this field. Those favorably matching the field are accepted. All other
coins are rejected.

Removal
Unlock and open the main door. Turn machine power off. Un-
plug the six pin wire harness connector located on the right side of the
acceptor. Gently pull the acceptor from the mounting clip, and lift the
acceptor out and away from the mounting coin handling assembly.

Inspection (90 Day Interval)

Inspect the coin path for foreign objects, film, or debris. Verify
all coin acceptor bracket mounting screws are secure and tight.
MC-40: Check the damper lever for free movement and the
correct weight is present and secure (see the following table for
correct weight assemblies). Check the sample coin sliding sensor
coil for unrestricted spring movement.

P/N 810057 5-2 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 5 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Bill Acceptor
Overview
The bill acceptor consists of the bill validator module, transfer
unit, and the bill stacker assembly. The bill acceptor validates, either
accepting or rejecting bills or coupons in various denominations. Ac-
cepted bills or coupons are transferred to the bill stacker, and an ap-
propriate number of credits register on the credit meter. For example,
an accepted U.S.A. $1.00 bill shows as four credits on a 25¢ machine.
Rejected bills are returned to the Player.

Inspection (90 Day Interval)

Inspect the bill acceptor wire harness for frayed or cracked
wires and verify all wire connectors are firmly seated. Inspect the bill
entrance for foreign material. Inspect the labels for peeling or torn Remove any lint, dust, or paper debris from the belts and
edges. Replace as necessary. rollers. Inspect the belts for fraying or cracking. Fold the module top
down, then latch it in place with the locking lever.
Removing/Opening the Validator Head & Transport Unit
Unlock and open the bill acceptor access door. Pull down on LCD Assembly
the transport unit locking handle. Carefully slide the validator head/ Overview
transport assembly out of the bill validator chassis. An LCD is a device which accepts video signals from the
machine’s MPU and displays graphics (like cards or reels) and game
information (like credits or coins won). The monitor consists of a LCD
(Liquid Crystal Display) screen which is backlit. Images are formed by
control of the color and opacity of the LCD display.

Inspection (90 Day Interval)

With the main door closed and machine power turned on, visu-
ally check the LCD picture for color, contrast, and brightness. Check
for discoloration or fadeout at the center and edges of the screen.
Check video display for correct horizontal and vertical alignment.
Make sure all letters, words, and images are clearly visible within the
borders of the LCD bezel. Unlock and open the main door. Inspect
the LCD screen surface for chips or cracks. Immediately discontinue
use of a cracked or chipped LCD screen and replace it.

Validator Module Cleaning (90 Day Interval)

Unlock and open the bill acceptor access door. Pull down on the Gently wipe the LCD surface with an antistatic nonabrasive
validator head locking bar. Carefully slide the validator away from the cloth.
transport unit. Remove the validator module from the machine.

Firmly grasp the module in one hand, and pull forward on the
module cover locking tabs. Rotate the module cover up, exposing
the rollers and optics.

P/N 810057 5-3 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 5 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
LCD Controls (Overview) Calibrate Touch Screen (180 Day Interval)
The LCD controls are located on the top back of the LCD. The Access the DIAGNOSTIC sub-menu. Select the Calibrate Touch
controls can be accessed by opening the main door. These controls Screen icon. The following screen displays.
allow the Operator to adjust the horizontal size, horizontal position, Touching the center of the circle in the corner performs the
vertical size, vertical position and the brightness (GAIN). automatic location calibration of the touch screen. Any button returns
to the previous menu.
WARNING: Hazardous HIGH VOLTAGE exists within the
LCD. Use extreme caution when adjusting the monitor. Only MPU Assembly
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL should adjust the LCD. Overview
The MPU assembly contains the main electronic components
OSD Adjustment (main microprocessor, game Compact Flash and RAM ICs) which con-
Use the OSD controls to adjust the display. trol machine operations. Discharge body static BEFORE handling the
AUTO Auto adjust the LCD. MPU assemblies to avoid damaging electro-static sensitive parts.
DOWN Decrease the setting or shift left. Cleaning (180 Day Interval)
UP Increase the setting or shift right. Unlock and open the MPU enclosure door. Remove the board
MENU Displays the options for adjustment. from the assembly. Carefully remove dust and debris with low pressure
POWER Turns the main board on or off. (15 psi or less) compressed air. Close and lock the MPU enclosure.
LED GREEN: Normal Operation.
RED or AMBER: Power saving mode. Cabinet
Inspection (90 Day Interval)
The following items can be adjusted using the OSD menu: Remove all loose coins from inside the cabinet, and vacuum
out dust and debris. Check door alignment and adjust as necessary.
FUNCTION DISPLAY Check all labels for peeling or cracking and replace if needed. Replace
burned out lamps. Verify the candle lights when required. Check wire
CONTRAST harness for frayed, cracked, or pinched wiring.

Buttons
BRIGHTNESS Overview
The deck buttons are electromechanical switches
HORIZONTAL the Player uses to interact with the machine.
POSITION The buttons illuminate whenever their function is
ready for use. Buttons consist of a plastic switch body,
HORIZONTAL backing frame, legend plate, clear legend lens cap,
SIZE microswitch, LED, and a spring.

PHASE Inspection (90 Day Interval)

Inspect the legend lens cap for appearance and
proper seating into the switch body. Verify the button
AUTO LEVEL moves freely and does not bind by repeatedly pressing
down on the legend lens cap, both in the center and
COLOR around the edges. Verify the switch is firmly mounted.
Verify the microswitch is correctly positioned. Verify all
electrical plugs are firmly connected.
TEXT/MOVIE

OSD POSITION OSD

OSD TIMEOUT

POWER SAVE
DELAY

LANGUAGE

INFORMATION

P/N 810057 5-4 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 5 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Reel Case Motor Assembly Maintenance WARNING:The improper changing of the battery may
1. Inspect screws for looseness every six (6) months. cause a loss of data. After changing the battery, you may
need to run a RAM CLEAR procedure to initialize the system.
2. Lubricate Gears every six (6) months.
3. Replace Stepper Motor every three (3) years.
NOTE: Batteries can be ordered from the Konami
Reel Assembly Maintenance customer service department using Konami part
number 490007.
1. Inspect screws for looseness every six (6) months.
2. When securing the LCD and Wheel Pointers, apply
Permatex Thermolocker™ #22200 (color: purple) on BATTERY SPECIFICATIONS
the M3 screw threads. NOMINAL NOMINAL DISCHARGE
DIMENSIONS
MODEL VOLTAGE CAPACITY CURRENT
(mm)
System Batteries (V) (mAh) (mA)
Overview Positive terminal side:
The system batteries supply power to the RAM on the MPU Ø20.0
PCB when machine power is turned off. Without the system batteries, CR2032 3 220 Negative terminal side: 0.2
Ø17.1
all data stored in RAM will be lost (accounting record and Operator Thickness: 3.2
set configurations for example) if power is unexpectedly lost. Before
replacing the batteries, record accounting records and game con-
figuration settings.

Removal
Open the Logic Unit door and remove the MPU board. Remove
the board holding the EPROMs. Remove the coin-style batteries by
inserting a small screwdriver under the respective battery and gently
twisting or prying the unencased side up.

Installation
The coin style batteries have polarity. Insert each battery into
the battery holder with the positive terminal side up. Snap in the battery
with a light pressure. The battery is Model CR2032 (JIS) or equivalent.
Make sure that the battery is inserted into the battery holder with the
positive terminal side up. Re-install the EPROMs board. Re-install
the MPU board.

P/N 810057 5-5 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 5 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

P/N 810057 5-6 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 6 - WIRING DIAGRAMS

SECTION 6
Wiring Diagrams

This Section contains the wiring diagrams for the ADVANTAGE

REVOLUTION Video Game.

P/N 810057 6-1 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 6 - WIRING DIAGRAMS
Sheet 1

TO PLAYER TRACKING UNIT TO MIDDLE UNIT TO MIDDLE UNIT TO TOP UNIT

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 1 3 5 7 9 11

XADRP-14V
(JST)

39-01-2060
(MOLEX)

XADRP-40V
(JST)

XADR-12V
(JST)
MDL-PWR

TOPPER
MDL-SW
PT-SW 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 2 4 6 8 10 12
SW MAIN NO
SW MAIN COM
SW TOP NO
SW TOP COM

SW MNT
BSW MNT
SNS MNT

SLED DOUT

SLED EXIST
SW MAIN NC

SP W+
SP W-

MDL ID0
MDL ID1

SW MAIN COM
SW MAIN NO
SW TOP COM
SW TOP NO

CANDLE0
CANDLE1
CANDLE2
CANDLE3
SP L+
SP L-
SP R+
SP R-
+12V
GND

+24V
+12V
PWR SAVE+
GND
GND
PWR SAVE-

TOP ID0
TOP ID1
GND

SW MAIN NC

LED +5V MDL

LED DOUT MDL

+24V MDL

MDL BLUE
TOP RED
TOP GREEN
TOP BLUE
SP W+
SP W-

LED GREEN
+5V
+12V
+24V

SNS TOP

LED +5V TOP

LED CLK
LED DOUT TOP
LED LATCH
GND MDL
LED OE
GND TOP
+24V TOP
MDL RED
MDL GREEN

+5V
SLED CLK
SLED LATCH
SLED OE
GND
+24V
LED RED
LED BLUE
GND
BILL STK SW
BILL VALIDATOR BILL VALIDATOR BV DOOR SW (JCM)
(MEI) (JCM)

KGI# 490050

KGI# 490046
HRNS# 110433

NC HRNS# 110054

NO HRNS# 110055
A B BILL STK SW
(MEI)

BV JCM
BV MEI
KEY SW

172162-1

176279-1
(AMP)

(AMP)

COM

171822-3 172213-3

171822-2 172213-2
COM
NO
BILL DOOR
MAIN DOOR

(AMP) (AMP)

(AMP) (AMP)
STACK
MAIN DOOR SW SENSOR 1 3 5 7 9 11 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 1 2 3 1 2

COM
NO
2 4 6 8 10 12 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 1 2 3 1 2

KGI# 490044

KGI# 490065
NO
COM
NC

104257-3 103653-3
1 3

(AMP) (AMP)
1 2 3

171822-3
(AMP)
2 4

SENS
KEY

GND
SENS MAIN
+5V
1 3
2 4

GND

GND
KEY AUDIT
KEY RESET
TICKET PRINTER

COIN HOPPER

208210-2
HP

(AMP)
PRINTER
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19

39-01-2140
(MOLEX)
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

+12V HRNS# 110418

HRNS# 110418

+24V HRNS# 110426

HRNS# 110418

SW BV TRANSP
BSW BV DOOR
BV RXD RS232
BV TXD RS232

SW BV DOOR

SW BILL STK
KEY RESET

HOP EXIST
HOP OVER
KEY AUDIT

BV RXD CL
BV TXD CL

HOP SENS
BSW MAIN

BV RESET
SNS MAIN
BSW MNT

SNS MNT

HOP CNT
PRI LED+
SNS TOP

SW MAIN

BV LED+

PRI RXD
PRI DSR
SW MNT
SW TOP

PRI TXD

PRI CTS
PRI RST
MDL ID0
MDL ID1
TOP ID0
TOP ID1

BV LED-
SP W+

SP R+
SP W-
SP L+
TL X0
TL X1
TL X2
TL X3

SP R-
SP L-

501646-3600

501646-1800
+12V
+24V

+12V

+24V
+24V

+24V
+24V

+12V

+12V
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
GND

GND
GND
GND

GND
GND

GND

GND
GND

GND

GND
+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

VHR-10N
(MOLEX)

(MOLEX)
MIL-26P
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 1 3 5 7 9

(JST)
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 10
CNB68 CNB13 CNB12 CNB11
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
CNMM02 CNMM01
PWR SAVE+
GND24
GND12
PWR SAVE-
+24V
+12V

DIN-128P DIN-128P
BSW LOGIC NC
MAIN POWER SW 1 TO LED METER
LOGIC DOOR SW
CNB23

SW LOGIC NO
OUT1 IN1 2

HRNS# 110456
OUT2 IN2 GND COM MAIN PROCESSING UNIT
3

SIO DOUT
HRNS# 110308
(MPU) KGI# 530209

SIO CLK
KGI# 490465 KGI# 490046

SIO DIN
EHR-3

SIO OE
I/O SSR

+12V
(JST)

GND
208209-2 PS

XAP-08V-1
SSR-1 SSR-3 (AMP) VENT FAN 1 GND
L
1 1 LN 2 HM 0 1 3 5 7

(JST)
SSR-5 SSR-4 HM 1
N 3 2 4 6 8
L (SW-OUT) 2 2 +12V
TO EM COUNTER
CNB22

KGI# 490289 3 3 LN (SW-OUT) 1 4 HM 2

N (SW-OUT) 5 HM 3 MEMORY BOARD CNB33
L (FUSE) 4 4 (SW-OUT) 2 GND
6 HM 4
(MMB) KGI# 530210
5 5 LFG(FUSE)

CNB05
FG
6 6 22-01-1022 7
7 7 (MOLEX) KGI# 530024 8
GND24
8 GND24 9
GND24 8 10
AC FAIL 9 9 GND24 11 1 GND
GND 10 10 AC FAIL

TO LED-HUB PCB
VHR-8N GND LED CLK
11 11 GND HM XSW 12 2
SW POWER SUPPLY

(JST)

TO MIDDLE LCD
LED DATA
+24V
12 12 +24V 13 3

TO TOP LCD
FG LED LATCH
1 HRNS# 110423 14 4

TOUCH PANEL
+24V
13 13 +24V
BACKPLANE BOARD

CNB29
KGI# 490450

+5V
L 2 GND12
14 GND12 5

CNB17

CNB09
1 GND12 14
24V-240W

XAP-14V-1

TO TOP
3 6
IN +24V

15 15 GND12

CNB10
2 (JST) (K3-IFB)
+24V

N
3 4 16 16 GND
1 7
4 5 17 17 GND
2 KGI# 530307 GND 8
FG
5 6 +12V
18 +12V GND 9
7 +12V 18 3 SAS PORT HRNS# 110451 10
19 19 +12V GND
4
TO EXTERNAL CONTROLLER

VHR-5N 8 GND
5 +5V
1
CNB02

(JST) 208210-2 AC FAIL EHR-10

(AMP) 6
+24V
RXD RS232
2 (JST)
+24V7 TXD RS232
3
VHR-7N
8
+12V
DTR RS232
4
(JST) +12V9 GND
5 TO TOP UNIT
10 DSR RS232
6
HRNS# 110417

CNB35
CNB36
CNB37

1 11 RTS RS232
7

HRNS# 110451
PWR SAVE+
MOTOR0 SNS
MOTOR1 SNS
MOTOR2 SNS

2 12 CTS RS232
8

TO SLOT STAND
MOTOR0 C
MOTOR0 D

MOTOR1 C
MOTOR1 D

MOTOR2 C
MOTOR2 D

MOTOR5 C
MOTOR0 A
MOTOR0 B

MOTOR1 A
MOTOR1 B

MOTOR2 A
MOTOR2 B

MOTOR3 A

MOTOR4 A
MOTOR4 B
HRNS# 110418
12GND

SIO DOUT
3 9
SW POWER SUPPLY

39-01-2120

SIO OE2
SIO CLK
GND

SIO DIN
4 (MOLEX) +12V 10
SNS C
SNS R
SNS L

FG GND
5 11 +24V 1
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
GND
GND
KGI# 490449

CNB78
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V

L +12V SW DROP
1 6 GND 12 2
12V-150W
IN +12V

BSW DROP

MIL-50P
N 2 7 GND 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 3
3 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
HRNS# 110324 4
FG 4 MIL-14P 172167-1
5 1 CNB31 (AMP)
VHR-5N
2
+12V

(JST)
3
4 CNB32 CNB07 CNB06
5 VHR-6N 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
XAP-08V-1
(JST)

6 (JST)
2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
GND

PRI LED+

LINE1 SW
LINE2 SW
LINE3 SW
LINE4 SW
LINE5 SW
HELP SW
SPIN SW

BET5 SW
DENOM SW
CASHOUT SW
CHANGE SW
SIO CLK
SIO OE
SIO DIN

LINE1 LAMP
LINE2 LAMP
LINE3 LAMP
LINE4 LAMP
LINE5 LAMP
HELP LAMP
SPIN LAMP
BET MAX SW
BET MAX LAMP
BET1 SW
BET2 SW
BET3 SW
BET4 SW
BET1 LAMP
BET2 LAMP
BET3 LAMP
BET4 LAMP
BET5 LAMP
DENOM LAMP
CASHOUT LAMP
CHANGE LAMP

+12V
+12V
+12V
BILL LED+
BSW SUB
SW SUB
GND
GND
GND

MIL-60P
+12V

DIV ON
DIV COIN

DIV CASH
GND
GND
GND
SIO OE2
SIO DOUT

DENB IN0
DENB OUT0
DENB IN1
DENB OUT1
DENB IN2
DENB OUT2
DENB IN3
DENB OUT3

SNS OUT

DIV FAULT

DIV ACCUM
+5V
DIV INHIBIT
BILL LED-

XAP-15V-1
(JST)
POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT HRNS# 110418

(US) PD A

L L
L 1 1 L (SW-OUT)
2 2
LED DOUT MDL
LED DOUT TOP

L L (FUSE)

HRNS# 110422
LED +5V MDL
LED +5V TOP

3 3
MDL GREEN

FUSE 5A
TOP GREEN
LED LATCH

N N
4 4
MDL BLUE

TOP BLUE
SIO DOUT

+24V MDL
+24V TOP
GND MDL
GND TOP

MDL RED

TOP RED

N N (SW-OUT)
LED CLK
SIO OE2

5 5
SIO CLK

SIO DIN

LED OE
SIO OE

FG FG
6 6
GND

XADRP-26V

350781-1 350715-1
FUSE 2A (AMP) (AMP) 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
(JST)

L 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
FG AC OUTLET
ICON2
N (Switched) +24V DENB IN0
L L 1 1 DENB OUT0
1 3 2 2
ICON1

NOISE PWR SAVE IN

3 3 DENB IN1
LOAD
LINE

FG GND
FILTER PWR SAVE+ 4 4 DENB IN2
OUT1
5 5 DENB
HRNS# 110234

N
2 KGI# 490290 4 N PWR SAVE-
6 DENB OUT2
6 DENB
39-01-2060 7 DENB IN3 OUT3
(MOLEX) 8 CASHOUT LAMP
9 CHANGE LAMP
10
FUSE 10A

FUSE 2A

FUSE 2A

TO SAS PORT LED CONTROL PCB 11 SNS OUT

ICON3

12 PRI LED+
HRNS# 110231

(ICON) 13 BILL LED+

HRNS# 110262

HRNS# 110459

BILL LED-
L
1 1 L
KGI# 530303 14 PRI LED
15 BILL LED
FG
2 2 FG 16 SIDE L SW
17 SIDE
RXD RS232
TXD RS232

N
3 3 N 18 SIDE LR LAMP
SW
FG

FG

350767-1 19 SIDE
FG

N
L

R LAMP
N
L

350766-1 20
GND

(AMP)
(AMP) 21 +12V
350766-1

171822-4

22 +12V
FG

2 4
(AMP)

(AMP)

23 GND
N
L

1 2 3 1 3 24 GND
(Unswitched)

(Unswitched)
AC OUTLET

AC OUTLET

CNX01 CNX02 ICON6 ICON4 XADRP-24V

(JST)
OPTICAL SAS PCB 1 3 5 7 9 11 1 3 5 7
XADRP-12V

PAP-08V-S
(JST)

(JST)
50/60 Hz

(SASB-2)
120VAC

2 4 6 8 10 12 2 4 6 8
KGI# 530148
SLED LATCH

BACK LIGHT-
+5V
SLED CLK

BACK LIGHT+
SLED DOUT
SLED OE
GND
LED RED
LED GREEN
SLED EXIST
+24V

LED BLUE
GND

+5V
LED CLK
LED LATCH
LED DOUT
LED OE
GND
CNX03
CNX04
CNX05
CNX06

HRNS# 110433
GND
GND
+12V
+12V
PRI LED
BILL LED

BSW SUB
SW SUB
GND

+12V

DIV ON
DIV COIN

DIV CASH
GND
GND
GND
DIV FAULT

DIV ACCUM
+5V
DIV INHIBIT
CASHOUT LAMP
BET MAX LAMP
FIBER OPTIC CABLE

FIBER OPTIC CABLE

CHANGE LAMP
CASHOUT SW
DENOM LAMP
HRNS# 110424

SIDE R LAMP
BET MAX SW

CHANGE SW
SIDE L LAMP

POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT

LINE1 LAMP
LINE2 LAMP
LINE3 LAMP
LINE4 LAMP
LINE5 LAMP
HELP LAMP

DENOM SW
BET1 LAMP
BET2 LAMP
BET3 LAMP
BET4 LAMP
BET5 LAMP
SPIN LAMP

SIDE R SW
SIDE L SW

LINE1 SW
LINE2 SW
LINE3 SW
LINE4 SW
LINE5 SW
HELP SW
)

BET1 SW
BET2 SW
BET3 SW
BET4 SW
BET5 SW
)

SPIN SW

(INTERNATIONAL)
+12V

+12V
+12V

+12V
GND

GND
GND

GND
(RXD
(TXD

L
1
COM

L
SUB DOOR SW

2
BACK LIGHT+

NO
NC
BACK LIGHT-

HRNS# 110315

L
3
LED LATCH

FUSE 2.5A N
4 PLAY BUTTON PANEL
KGI# 490044
LED CLK
LED DIN
LED OE

N
FG 5 CASH
HELP
GND

6 OUT
+5V

PAP-08V-S
BELLY

350781-1 1 3 5 7 LINE LINE LINE LINE LINE

(JST)

FUSE 1A (AMP)
2 4 6 8 1 2 3 4 5
L
FG AC OUTLET CN1 SIDE-L BET BET BET BET BET SIDE-R
N (Switched) BUTTON BET MAX SPIN BUTTON
BELLY LED PCB 1 2 3 4 5
L L (K3-BELLY)
1 NOISE 3 KGI# 530287
LOAD
LINE

FG PLAY BUTTON
FILTER PLAY BUTTON WIRE CONNECTION
DIV ACCUM

DIV INHIBIT
DIV FAULT

(BACK SIDE)
HRNS# 110428

DIV COIN

KGI# 490290 BELLY

770602-7

N
2 4 N LED1 LED2 TERMINAL SIGNAL WIRE COLOR
DIV CASH
(AMP)

LIGHT POSITION NAME

171822-3
+12V
GND

DIV ON

C SENS

(AMP)

LED1 +12V ORANGE

KGI# 530026 316086-1 917686-1
GND

GND
COIN

+5V

LED2 *** LAMP SOLID COLOR

1 3 5 7
(AMP) (AMP)

COM GND BLACK / ORANGE

FUSE 5A

FUSE 1A

FUSE 1A

NO *** SW STRIPE COLOR 2 4 6 1 2 1 2 3

SOL

COM NO NC NC - -
HRNS# 110231

1 2
KGI# 490065

TO SAS PORT
FG

FG

HRNS# 110459
FG

N
L

PRIB2 BILB2
N
L

+12V BEZEL TOP LED PCB +12V BEZEL TOP LED PCB COIN COIN DIVERTER
1 1 ACCEPTOR
CN1

CN1

(K3-BILB-EXT) (K3-BILB-EXT) COIN DIVERTER SENSOR

RXD RS232
TXD RS232

GND GND
2 KGI# 530297 2 KGI# 530297 SOLENOID
(Unswitched)
AC OUTLET

HRNS# 110467 PAP-02V-S PAP-02V-S

GND

(JST) (JST)
PRINTER BEZEL BILL INSERT BEZEL
350766-1

171822-4
(Unswitched)
AC OUTLET

FG

2 4
220-240VAC

(AMP)

(AMP)

PRIB BILB
N
L
50/60 Hz

1 2 3 1 3 +12V BEZEL BTM LED PCB +12V BEZEL BTM LED PCB
CNX01 CNX02 PRI LED 1 1
2 (K3-BILB) BILL LED 2 (K3-BILB)
3 KGI# 530298 3 KGI# 530298
CN1

CN1

OPTICAL SAS PCB GND

4 GND
4
(SASB-2) +12V +12V
GND 5 GND 5
KGI# 530324 6 6
PAP-06V-S PAP-06V-S
MAIN DOOR UNIT
CNX03
CNX04
CNX05
CNX06

(JST) (JST)

SLOT STAND
FIBER OPTIC CABLE

FIBER OPTIC CABLE

DROP DOOR SW
TO BACKPLANE
)
)

COM GND
1
CNB78

NO SW DROP
NC BSW DROP 2
3
(RXD
(TXD

HRNS# 110324 4
KGI# 490044 172167-1
(AMP)
TITLE Wiring Diagram
ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION
KONAMI GAMING, INC. REV. DATE SHEET
Las Vegas, Nevada A 08/18/09 1 OF 2

P/N 810057 6-2 © 2009

 Sheet 2

P/N 810057
TO BACKPLANE TO BACKPLANE
MOTOR 3
CNB31 CNB29 +5V
CW

9
7
5
3
1
+5V

47
45
41
21
(JST)
CCW

50
48
46
44
40
38
32
20
14
10
EHR-10
+5V

MIL-50P
MIDDLE LED-ST PCB
GND

25 SIO
23 SIO
6 +5V
5 +5V
4 +5V
3 +5V
2 +5V
1 +5V
4 +5V
CN3

2 LED

10 SNS
(LED-ST) KGI# 530256

16 GND
15 GND
13 GND
12 GND
8 GND
GND

19 +24V
18 +24V
17 +24V
CN2 CN1 COFF

SNS L
MPCB 2

11 SNS CR

24 DIN

7
5
3
1
7
5
3
22 SIO CLK
OE2
HRNS# 110454

LED CLK

37 MOTOR2
36 MOTOR2
35 MOTOR2
33 MOTOR1
31 MOTOR1
29 MOTOR0
28 MOTOR0
27 MOTOR0
9 MOTOR2
7 MOTOR0
DATA
1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9

(JST)
(JST)
43 MOTOR4 B
42 MOTOR4 A
39 MOTOR3 A
B
B
30 MOTOR1 DA
B
26 SIO DOUTA

49 MOTOR5 C
D
MOTOR2 C
34 MOTOR1 AD
C
MOTOR0 C

6
4
2
6
4
2
LED LATCH
2 4 6 8 10
2 4 6 8 10

SNS
8 MOTOR1 SNS
SNS
PAP-07V-S

PAP-07V-S
PAP-07V-S

+5V
CLK
HRNS# 110451 PAP-10V-S 1-171822-9 (AMP)

GND
(JST)

1 LED7

DOUT

LATCH
GND (JST)

DOOR ST 1

CREDITS
LED7 CLK
+5V

LED7 VCC
GND

LED7 DATA
HRNS# 110451

LED7 EXIST
LED7 LATCH
CLK

MPCB 1

CN1
CNB33 LED METER 1 DIN
LATCH

2 4 6
KGI# 530314

+12V

1 3 5 7
GND

HRNS# 110477
LIMIT R SNS

(MPCB) KGI# 530315

SIO CLK
SIO OE GND GND LIMIT L SNS
MOTOR DRIVER PCB

+5V +5V
SIO DIN DOUT GND

CNB33
SIO DOUT SIO CLK CLK CLK +5V

1 3 5 7
MOTOR A

CN2
CN1
SIO OE DIN

2 4 6 8
MIDDLE LED-RD PCB

CN1
HRNS# 110476
HRNS# 110477
MOTOR PULSE CONTROL PCB

BET
MOTOR B

TO BACKPLANE
SIO DIN LATCH LATCH

2 4 6
2 4 6
MOTOR EN

(REEL-LIGHT) KGI# 530320

XAP-08V-1 SIO DOUT

1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
CN2

GND
ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION

1 3 5

KGI# 530319
(JST)
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29

(LED METER)
+5V
2 4 6

+12V PAP-07V-S PAP-07V-S

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

+5V
DOUT

LATCH
CLK
DIN
GND
LATCH
CLK
+5V
GND
KGI# 530256

(JST) (JST)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
GND MIL-30P VHR-6N
LED5 CLK GND

2 4 6 8 10 12 14
CN1
(JST)

6
4
2
6
4
2

(JST)
(JST)

PAP-07V-S
PAP-07V-S
HRNS# 110456 LED5 DATA +5V
STEPPER MOTOR
1

PADP-14V-1-S

MIDDLE LED-RD PCB

LED5 LATCH LED CLK

7 SEGMENT METER PCB

CN1 CN2
(JST)
(LED-ST) KGI# 530256
LED5 EXIST LED DATA

(REEL-LIGHT) KGI# 530320

LED5 VCC LED LATCH LIMIT L
2 GND
+24V

MIDDLE LED-ST PCB

L

MIDDLE DOOR
LED5 GND
SIO CLK GND
VHR-2N (JST)

MOTOR 1

SIO OE2 SNS LIMIT

LEFT

SIO DIN LIMIT L LIMIT L +5V KGI# 490489

1 2 3

LED WHEEL LED6 EXIST SIO DOUT LIMIT R LIMIT R 179228-3 (AMP)

LED-HUB 1
+5V +5V
1 3
1 3

GND LED5 GND

GND GND LIMIT R

WINNER PAID
2 4
2 4

+5V LED5 VCC R

LED STAT LED6 EXIST LED7 CLK

LED-HUB 6
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
LED CLK LED5 CLK LED7 DATA GND 43025-0400 43020-0400 GND

2 4 6 8 10 12 14
LED DATA LED5 DATA LED7 LATCH (MOLEX) (MOLEX)
LED7 EXIST PADP-14V-1-S +5V KGI# 490489
CENTER

1 2 3

LED LATCH LED5 LATCH

MOTOR LIMIT SENSOR

LED7 VCC (JST) 179228-3 (AMP)

WHEEL1
LED EXIST LED5 EXIST HRNS# 110479

1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
LED7 GND

KGI# 530317
+24V +24V

(LED WHEEL)
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19
HRNS# 110450 SNS L L
PAP-08V-S 43025-0800
MOTOR UNIT

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
43020-0800 (MOLEX)

LED WHEEL PCB

(JST) (MOLEX) HRNS# 110451

ROTARY UNIT
MIL-20P GND
REEL LED LIMIT R SNS
LEFT

REEL1 LED CLK LED8 CLK LED8 CLK +5V KGI# 490489
1 2 3

REEL* LED CLK REEL1 LED DATA LED8 DATA LED8 DATA 179228-3 (AMP)
SP L+ REEL* LED DATA REEL1 LED LATCH LED8 LATCH LED8 LATCH LIMIT L SNS
SP L- REEL* LED LATCH REEL1 LED STAT LED8 STAT LED8 STAT SNS DISK SNS C C

REEL *
PT-SW REEL 1 REEL1 LED VCC LED8 VCC LED8 VCC SNS L SNS L

KGI# 530322
SW MAIN NO SW MAIN NO REEL1 LED GND LED8 GND LED8 GND SNS C SNS C GND
REEL* LED STAT REEL2 LED CLK LED9 CLK LED9 CLK SNS R SNS R

REEL CONTROL

LEFT SPEAKER
SW MAIN COM SW MAIN COM KGI# 490489
REEL* LED VCC REEL2 LED DATA LED9 DATA LED9 DATA +5V +5V +5V
CENTER

1 2 3

SW MAIN NC
LED-HUB 9

SW TOP NO SW TOP NO REEL* LED GND REEL2 LED LATCH LED9 LATCH LED9 LATCH +5V +5V 179228-3 (AMP)
SW TOP COM SW TOP COM WOOFER REEL* D REEL 2 REEL2 LED STAT LED9 STAT LED9 STAT +5V +5V

HRNS# 110455
REEL
SP W+ REEL* B REEL2 LED VCC LED9 VCC LED9 VCC GND GND SNS R R
REEL* A REEL2 LED GND LED9 GND LED9 GND GND GND
MOTOR DISK SENSOR

SP W+ SP W+
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15

REEL* C REEL3 LED CLK LED10 CLK LED10 CLK GND GND GND
1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9

SP W- SP W- SP W-
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

1 2
SP L+ SP L+ REEL* +24V REEL3 LED DATA LED10 DATA LED10 DATA
2 4 6 8 10
2 4 6 8 10
RIGHT

REEL3 LED LATCH LED10 LATCH LED10 LATCH +5V KGI# 490489
1 2 3

SP L- SP L- 43025-0200 REEL 3 MIL-16P

SP R+ SP R+ (MOLEX) REEL3 LED STAT LED10 STAT LED10 STAT 43025-1000 43020-1000 HRNS# 110478 179228-3 (AMP)

REEL CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENT

TO BASE UNIT
SP R- SP R- REEL* SNS REEL3 LED VCC LED10 VCC LED10 VCC (MOLEX) (MOLEX)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
+12V +12V REEL* +5V REEL3 LED GND LED10 GND LED10 GND

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

1 3 5 7 9 11 13
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
15-06-0185 (MOLEX)
GND GND HRNS# 110451

2 4 6 8 10 12 14
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
SP R+ 43025-1800 43020-1800 LED1 CLK
(LED-HUB) KGI# 530323
LED-HUB 4

HRNS# 110418
HRNS# 110451

XADRP-14V XADR-14V SP R- (MOLEX) (MOLEX) LED1 DATA

(JST) (JST) LED1 LATCH

(RESERVED) KGI# 530322

REEL MOTOR LED1 EXIST
LED Control Signal HUB PCB

REEL1 D MOTOR0 D LED1 VCC

RIGHT SPEAKER
REEL1 B MOTOR0 B LED1 GND TOPPER
REEL1 A MOTOR0 A LED2 CLK
TOP BOX LED

+5V +5V

6-3
REEL1 C MOTOR0 C LED2 DATA

GND
+12V
SLED CLK SLED CLK

FAN
+24V +24V LED2 LATCH SLED DOUT SLED DIN

2
1

(MOLEX)
29-11-0023
REEL2 D MOTOR1 D LED2 EXIST SLED LATCH SLED LATCH
REEL2 B MOTOR1 B LED2 VCC

KGI# 530334
KGI# 530334
+24V SLED OE SLED OE
REEL2 A MOTOR1 A LED2 GND SLED EXIST SLED EXIST
REEL2 C MOTOR1 C LED3 CLK GND GND

12.3" WIDE LCD

12.3" WIDE LCD
+24V +24V LED3 DATA
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33

+24V +24V
ICON6

HRNS# 110450
REEL3 D MOTOR2 D LED3 LATCH
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34

LED RED LED RED

TOPPER

REEL3 B MOTOR2 B LED3 EXIST LED GREEN LED GREEN

LED-HUB 5

REEL3 A MOTOR2 A MIL-34P LED3 VCC

TO ICON BOARD

LED BLUE LED BLUE

(RESERVED)
1 3 5 7 9 11
1 3 5 7 9 11
1 3 5 7 9 11

REEL3 C MOTOR2 C +12V LED3 GND GND GND

2 4 6 8 10 12
2 4 6 8 10 12
2 4 6 8 10 12

+24V +24V +24V LED4 CLK

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
LED4 DATA HRNS# 110433
HRNS# 110451 GND XADRP-12V XADRP-12V XADR-12V

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
1 3

GND LED4 LATCH (JST) (JST) (JST)

2 4

HRNS# 110475
HRNS# 110473
HRNS# 110474
HRNS# 110472
LED-HUB 2

43025-1600 43020-1600 LED4 EXIST

(MOLEX) (MOLEX) 39-01-2040 (MOLEX) LED4 VCC
SIDE LCD CN4 CN9 CN2 CN8 LED4 GND HRNS# 110458
SIDE LCD PWR SIDE LCD PWR
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25

+12V +12V +12V +12V

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

VIDEO GND GND LCD EXIST

GND BL BL MIL-26P

1 3

CN1
BL +5V +5V GND

2 4
1 3 5
LED1 LATCH
LED1 VCC
LED1 GND

LED1 EXIST
LED1 DATA
LED1 CLK

CNB17
TOP BOX LED

(LCD I/F)
HRNS# 490493 +5V +5V GND
2 4 6
LED-HUB 3
7
5
3
1

KGI# 530316
39-01-2040 REEL1 SNS MOTOR0 SNS

LCD I/F PCB

LED-TOP ST-L

6
4
2

(MOLEX) REEL2 SNS MOTOR1 SNS

1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
39-01-2060 (MOLEX)
PAP-07V-S (JST)

TO BACKPLANE
HRNS# 110450
(LED-RD)

REEL3 SNS MOTOR2 SNS

2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
TOP LED-S PCB

KGI# 530256
(LED-ST)

HRNS# 110451 CN1

KGI# 530257

39-01-2081 39-01-2080
(MOLEX) (MOLEX) LED-TOP RD-L
TOP LED-R PCB

PAP-07V-S (JST)
LED2 GND
VIDEO LED2 VCC
MDL-PWR
HRNS# 110418 HRNS# 110451 LED2 CLK
+24V +24V
CNB09

HRNS# 490493 LED2 DATA

+12V +12V LED2 LATCH
2 4 6

PWR SAVE+
CN1

LED2 EXIST
1 3 5 7

GND GND
GND GND

1 3 5
1 3 5
PWR SAVE- LED3 GND

2 4 6
2 4 6
TOUCH PANEL LED3 VCC

TO BASE UNIT
KGI# 530218
CN1

39-01-2060 (MOLEX) 39-01-2061 (MOLEX)

LED3 CLK
CNB10

MDL-SW HRNS# 490494 LED3 DATA

19" LCD UNIT

HRNS# 110418 LED3 LATCH

2 4 6

MDL ID0
TO BACKPLANE TO BACKPLANE

LED3 EXIST
1 3 5 7

MDL ID1 +12V

TOP ID0 GND
TOP ID1 PAP-07V-S (JST)
GND GND HRNS# 110451
LCD 24V LED-TOP RD-R
+5V +5V
+12V +12V MNT SNS
+24V +24V +5V CN1
7
5
3
1

SW MAIN COM SW MAIN COM

Las Vegas, Nevada

SW MAIN NO SW MAIN NO GND
6
4
2

SW MAIN NC
(LED-ST)

SW TOP COM SW TOP COM SENS MNT GND

1 2 3
1 2 3
KGI# 530257
(LED-RD)
TOP LED-R PCB

SW TOP NO SW TOP NO

KONAMI GAMING, INC.

KGI# 530256

SNS TOP 171822-3 172213-3

PAP-07V-S (JST)
LED4 CLK

SW MNT SW MNT (AMP) (AMP)

LED4 VCC
LED4 GND

TOP LED-S PCB

LED-TOP ST-R

LED4 DATA
LED4 EXIST

BSW MNT BSW MNT

LED4 LATCH

SNS MNT SNS MNT CANDLE

CANDLE0 CANDLE0 TL0 LOWER
CANDLE1 CANDLE1 TL1 UPPER
CANDLE2 CANDLE2 TL2

REV.
CANDLE3 CANDLE3 TL3

TITLE
LED +5V MDL
1 3 5
1 3 5
CANDLE

LED +5V TOP +24V +24V

2 4 6
2 4 6

LED CLK

TO BASE UNIT

A
LED DOUT MDL GND 172168-1 (AMP) 172160-1 (AMP)
LED DOUT TOP WOOFER
HM 0
LED LATCH SP W+ HM 1

DATE
LED OE HM 2 CNT-L
GND MDL SP W-
1 2
1 2

HM 3 GND
GND TOP GND TOP

© 2009
HM 4 HM 4
KGI# 310219
WOOFER

+24V MDL 43025-0200 43020-0200 HM 3

+24V TOP (MOLEX) (MOLEX) HM 2
MDL RED
GND
+12V
NC
COM
NO
COM
NO

HM 1
CNB05

FAN

MDL GREEN
99999999

HM 0
2
1
CNT01

08/18/09
(MOLEX)
29-11-0023
MDL BLUE
(CTRB-2)

HM SW
1 3 5 7

TOP RED
KGI# 530021

TO BACKPLANE

GND GND
2 4 6 8

Wiring Diagram
TOP GREEN HM SW
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
EM COUNTER PCB

TOP BLUE
KGI# 490044
KGI# 490044

SHEET
HRNS# 110423 22-01-1082
2 4 6 8 10 12 14

SP W+ WOOFER+

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39
(MOLEX)
TOP DOOR SW

SP W- WOOFER- XAP-14V-1 (JST)

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
MIDDLE DOOR SW
TOP UNIT

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION
PLAYER TRACKING UNIT
MIDDLE UNIT

XADRP-40V (JST) XADR-40V (JST)

(RESERVED)

2 OF 2
SECTION 6 - WIRING DIAGRAMS
ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 6 - WIRING DIAGRAMS

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

P/N 810057 6-4 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 7 - GLOSSARY & INDEX

SECTION 7
Glossary & Index
Overview Bill Stacker Switch
This section contains a Glossary and an Index. Security switch that activates when stacker is removed.
The Glossary contains the definition of specialized items. These
terms and definitions assist the Operator’s understanding of various Bill Validator Module
machine functions and game operations. Unit that accepts valid currency while rejecting invalid bills. Part of
The Index is a list of topics that gives, for each item, the page the Bill Acceptor.
number where it may be found.

Glossary C
A Candle
Light mounted on the top of the machine, used to display errors,
All Reset jackpots or other conditions.
Clears the contents of the backup memory such as the credit, software
meter, and game log and initializes the setting of the machine. Cash Ticket Log
Displays the history of cash ticket that occurred recently (ticket #, date
Audit Key-switch & time, $ amount of ticket paid, status and validation).
Key-switch located on the right side of the machine, used to access
the audit menu. Cashout Log
Displays the history of cashout that occurred recently (date & time
Audit Meters and amount).
General and detailed meters tracking coin in, out, attendant pay and
bill information. Clock
Internal timing device used to track date, time and year of events.

B Coin Acceptor
Device to identify, accept or reject coins.
Bacplane
PCB located in the back of the Logic Unit housing. Coin Drop Sensor
Sensor to detect reverse coin movement (inactive in this model)
Belly Door
Main Unit door. Coin Entry
The location on the main door where coins are inserted into the
Bill Acceptor machine.
The Bill Acceptor validates, either accepting or rejecting bills or cou-
pons in various denominations. Coin Hopper
Motor driven device used to return coins to the player.
Bill/Ticket Entry
The plastic bezel that guides the bill from the front of the machine into Coin Track Unit
the Bill Validator. Name of the coin traveling path.

Bill Meters Coin Tray

Internal meters that track bills data. Enclosure on the bottom of the main door used to catch and hold
coins paid from the Hopper.
Bill Stacker Door Lock
Lock on the door of the bill validator restricting access to the stacked Coin Diverter
bills. Device which diverts coins when Hopper is full.

Bill Stacker Door Switch Control Panel Unit

Security switch activates when bill stacker door is opened. Panel with play buttons.

P/N 810057 7-1 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 7 - GLOSSARY & INDEX

Controller
The touch screen controller.
G
Counter PCB Game Area
PCB holding the EM meters. The game area displays image that corresponds to game type.

Counter Unit Game Screen

Assembly consisting of the counter PCB and the housing, light and Game screen is composed of four areas, which are game area, sub
harness. game area, sub message area and dashboard.

D H
Dashboard Hopper
The Dashboard displays the game status information, attendant mes- The coin Hopper holds the inserted coins
sage, game instruction, Denomination sign, and other meters.

DC Fan
12 V dc cooling fan.
I
I/O Test
Door Lock Sensor Input/output test.
Sensor used to determine the position of the door lock cam or door

J
lock.

Drop Box
JP Reset
When Coin Hopper is full, coins are diverted to the Drop Box.
Jackpot reset.
Drop Box Switch
Jumper Sockets
Switch used to determine when the Drop Door has been opened.
Sockets on a PCB allowing multiple settings by changing the configura-
tion of shorting connector.

E
EM Counter
Electro-mechanical counter (meter).
K
Key-switch
An electro-mechanical switch activated by using a key.
Event
An occurrence that is tracked by the soft meters for display in an event
KMS
log.
KONAMI Maintenance System also know as the Audit mode.
Event Log

L
Checks a list of the dates and times and the factors of Events that
occurred recently.

Event Meter LED PCB

Checks cumulative number and the latest occurrence date and time PCB to control LED of Bill Acceptor.
of errors by the factor.
Logic Door Lock
Lock used to secure the Logic Unit Door.

F Logic Door Switch

Switch used to monitor the Logic Door position (opened or closed).
Function Button
Buttons attached to the monitor mask on the left side of the game
(usually Cash Out, Pay Table and Help). Logic Unit
Unit that houses the Main Processing Unit (MPU) printed circuit
Function Button Panel board.
The assembly holding the function buttons.

P/N 810057 7-2 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 7 - GLOSSARY & INDEX

M R
Machine Type RAM
Series name of the cabinet. Random Access Memory.

Main Door RAM Clear

The front door of the machine holding the player button panel, function Game Initialization Procedure clears all game data in non-volatile
button panel and the coin head. memory, filling with 00 (Hex) in each byte. The RAM clear process
clears all audit meters, logs, and game information.
Main Door Switch
The switch monitoring the position of the Main Door (opened or RNG Test
closed). Inspects the on-board RNG (Random Number Generator).

Manufacture Date ROM

Date the machine was manufactured. Read Only Memory.

Menu Reset Key

The display structure for Software meters, Game recall meters, Event A key-switch used to clear error messages, jackpots or attendant pays.
meters, Option meters, Diagnostic meters, Clock & misc. meters, and Returns the machine to game play mode.
Print audit information.
R-Top
MPU Round top.
Main Processing Unit printed circuit board.
R-Top Lock
Round Top door lock. Used to secure the door to the Top Box.
N
No entry
S
SAS
O Slot Accounting System

Operation Buttons SAS Board

Buttons used to navigate the menu systems. Slot Accounting System interface printed circuit board.

Out of Service Serial Number

An operator induced setting allowing no game play until reset. A unique number used to identify a particular machine.

Serial Number Plate

P Plate attached to side of machine with serial number, manufacturers
date, and machine type stamped on.
Play Button Panel
The button panel holding the player buttons (Bet 1, Play 5 Lines). SNS PCB
PCB mounting the sensor to detect reverse coin movement
Power Supply Unit
The assembly mounted under the main shelve Software Meters
Internal meters used to track money movement, events and errors.

Q Sub Game Area

The Sub Game area displays the game title and featured game im-
No entry age.

Sub-Door
The door mounted to the bottom of the Main Door. Allows access to
the Bill Validator stacker assembly.

P/N 810057 7-3 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 7 - GLOSSARY & INDEX

Sub-door Switch Index

Switch to sense Sub-Door opening or closing.

T Adjust Hopper Knife 5-2

Adjust Hopper Sensor 2-24
Audit Mode 2-7, 2-10
Top Box
The upper enclosure mounted to the top of the cabinet.
B
Top Box Lock
A lock to secure the top box door. Backplane Board 3-8
Batteries 5-5
Touch Screen Battery Troubleshooting 5-4
A cover over the monitor display allowing pressing of certain areas Belly Door 2-4
on the screen to act as buttons. Belly Door Lock 3-7
Belly Door Switch 3-6
Belly Glass 3-9
Bet Max Button 2-6
U Bill Acceptor 1-2, 2-5, 2-45
Bill Validator 2-4, 2-29
No entry Bill Ticket/Entry 2-9, 2-12
Bill Validator Door 2-4

V
Bill Validator Door Lock 3-4
Bill Validator Switch 3-7
Bill Validator Troubleshooting 4-2
Video Monitor Unit Buttons 2-9, 5-4
22” LCD used to display game information.

C
W Cabinet Specifications 2-1
Candle 2-2
No entry
Cashout Button 2-9
CAUTION 1-3

X Change Button 2-9

Changing Locks 2-6
No entry Coin Acceptor 2-5
Coin Acceptor/Diverter Troubleshooting 4-8
Coin Comparitor 4-8
Y Coin Diverter 5-2
Coin Jamming 4-7
No entry Coin Learn Procedure (IDX) 4-8
Coin/Token Entry 2-9
Collecting Bills 2-8
Z Collecting Coins 2-8
Commonly-Used Hardware 3-2
No entry Control Panel 3-29
CPU 3-8
CPU (Logic Unit) Exception 4-7
Customer Support 1-3

D
Date of Publication 1-1
Doors 2-4
Door Security Troubleshooting 4-1

P/N 810057 7-4 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 7 - GLOSSARY & INDEX

Display Door Lock 3-5 Logic Unit 3-8

Distribution Assembly 3-9 Logic Unit Door 2-5
Drop Box Switch 2-2 Logic Unit Door Lock 3-4
Logic Unit Switch 3-6
Lubrication 5-1
E
Electro-Mechanical Counter Troubleshooting 4-3
M
Electro-Mechanical Meter 2-30
Environmental Specifications 2-1 Machine 1-3
EPROM Troubleshooting 4-4 Main Door 2-4
Error Messages 4-1 Main Door Lock 3-3
Main Door Switch 3-5
Main Processing Unit (MPU) 3-4
F Manufacture Date 2-4
FCC 1-1 Meter Assembly 3-7
Features 1-2 MPU (See Logic Unit)
Features, Hardware 1-2 Multi Denom Button 2-9
Fiber Optic 2-3
Functional Overview 3-2
N
Fuses 8-1
Number, Serial Plate 1-4, 2-3

G
O
Game 1-3
General Information Troubleshooting 4-1 Operation 2-(all)
Operator 1-3

H
P
Handpay Troubleshooting 4-2
Hardware, Commonly-Used 3-2 Parts Removal 3-3
Help and Pay Table 2-8 Parts Installation 3-3
Hopper 3-7, 5-1 PCBs 8-1
Hopper Troubleshooting 4-2 Player 1-3
Hopper Level Probe 2-5 Player/Operator Interface 2-9
How to Enter and Exit Audit Mode 2-10 Policy, Warranty 1-3
Power Supply 3-7, 3-26
Printer Assembly 3-26
I Process, RMA 1-3
Initialization 2-3, 2-6 Publication Date 1-1
Installation 2-3
Interface, Fiber Optic 2-3
R
RAM Clear 2-6
K Real Time Clock Troubleshooting 4-3
Key-switch 3-5 Refilling Hopper 2-8
KMS Mode 2-11, 2-13 Required Tools 3-1
KONAMI Maintenance System (KMS) 2-3 Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) 1-3, 2-5
RMA 1-3, 2-5

L
S
LCD Controls 5-4
LCD Unit 6-3 Sample Coin 2-5, 4-8
Locks 3-3 Select Number of Line Buttons 2-9
Lock Cams 3-3 Select Bet Per Line Button 2-9
Lock Hardware 3-3 Self Diagnostic On Boot Up Troubleshooting 4-6

P/N 810057 7-5 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 7 - GLOSSARY & INDEX

Self-Test on Boot Up Troubleshooting 4-6

Self-Test on Run Time Troubleshooting 4-4
Serial Number 1-3, 2-4
Serial Number Plate 1-4, 2-3
Serial Plate 1-4, 2-3
Service, Customer 1-1
Set-Up & Operation 2-1
Slot Accounting System 2-3
Speakers 3-9
Specifications 2-1
Spin Button 2-9
Stamped Serial Number 2-3
Stand Drill Guide 2-2
Startup 2-6
Sub-Door (Belly Door) 2-4
Sub-Door Lock 2-4
Suspended Operation 4-7

T
Tags, RMA 1-3
Teach and Run Procedure (Condor) 4-8
Terminology 1-3
Thermometer Troubleshooting 4-4
Ticket Chute 2-9
Tools Required 3-1
Top Box 2-9
Topbox Door Switch 3-5
Troubleshooting 4-1
Troubleshooting Charts 4-1

U
Unpack and Inspect 2-1

V
VAC 2-1
Validator Module 5-3
VSU Troubleshooting 4-4

W
WARNING 1-3
Warranty 1-3

P/N 810057 7-6 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 8 - APPENDIX

SECTION 8
Appendix
Overview Calibration Paper
This section includes consumable parts lists. The following table lists the Bill Validator calibration paper for
the JCM and Mars Bill Validators.
Electrical Components
The following table lists the required electrical components for
CALIBRATION PAPER
the ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION machine.
PART # DESCRIPTION
490059 PAPER, CALIBRATION, BV, U.S., JCM
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
490060 PAPER, CALIBRATION, BV, U.S., MARS
PART # DESCRIPTION
490044 SWITCH, CHERRY, E79-30A PCBs
490045 SWITCH, OMRON,SUBMIN, w/ROLLER ACTUATOR The following table lists the PCB assemblies for the
490046 SWITCH, OMRON, SUBMIN, w/ROLLER ACTUATOR ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION machine.
490050 SWITCH, OMRON, SUBMIN, w/LEVER ACTUATOR
490465 SWITCH, ROCKER, MINI EURO STYLE, 240 VAC PCBs
490055 HOLDER, FUSE, 3453LF-1-010 PART # DESCRIPTION
490056 HOLDER, FUSE, KNOB, 3453LF1-020 530021 PCB, Counter BD-2
490460 HOLDER, FUSE with KNOB, 3455HS2 530210 PCB, KS, MMB, Memory Bd
490065 SENSOR, PHOTO, ALEPH 530214 PCB, Illumination, Future Logic, N/G
490489 SENSOR, PHOTO 530250 PCB, KS, MPU, Main
490078 CORD, AC, 7.5’ 530256 PCB, KS-M5R, LED, Top-S
490079 OUTLET, CONVENIENCE, 120 V 530257 PCB, KS-M5R, LED, Top-R
490459 OUTLET, CONVENIENCE, IEC 530287 PCB, K3-URV, K3-Belly
310287 POWER SUPPLY, 24 VDC, 240 W, 100-240 VAC 530297 PCB, K3-URV, K3Bilb-Ext
490290 FILTER, NOISE, SNR 530298 PCB, K3-URV, K3-Bilb
490392 BUTTON, LARGE, RECTANGULAR, LED w/CLEAR LENS 530303 PCB, K-3URV, K3-ICON
490393 BUTTON, SMALL, SQUARE, LED w/CLEAR LENS 530307 PCB, K3-IFB, Backplane
490397 BUTTON, LARGE, SQUARE 530314 PCB, Driver, Motor
490358 COMPACT FLASH CARD, 128 MB, KS 530315 PCB, Motor Pulse
530316 PCB, Video
Fuses
530317 PCB, Wheel LED
The following table lists the required fuses for the ADVANTAGE
REVOLUTION machine. 530319 PCB, Meter, 7-Segment
530320 PCB, LED, Top/Btm
530323 PCB, Controller, LED
FUSES
PART # DESCRIPTION
490033 FUSE, 2 A, S/B
490034 FUSE, 5 A, S/B
490036 FUSE, 10 A, CERAMIC
490462 FUSE, 5A, 5x20 mm, IEC
490463 FUSE, 2.5A, 5x20 mm, IEC
490464 FUSE, 1A, 5x20 mm, IEC

P/N 810057 8-1 © 2009

ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION SECTION 8 - APPENDIX
Board Components
The following illustrations depict the main components on the
main PCBs used in the ADVANTAGE REVOLUTION machine.

PCB, K3-IFB, BACKPLANE

DC FAN J1 CNB23 CNB51
JXU SAS SECURITY CAGE SW
CNB22 DC FAN
CNB81
SATA POWER CNB50
CCB
LAN2 CCB CNB80
CNCP02 CNCP03 CNCP04
CNCP01 IOB IOB

USB LINUX
CNB71A
CNMM02 CNMM01 CNB71B
MPU MPU
CNB73A

CNB29
CNB73B
CNB56

CNB15 EXTEND MONITOR

LINUX SERIAL I/O CNB77A
CNB57 CNB32 CNB33
CNB54 CNB53
CNB83

LAN LINUX CNB77B

CNB11 HOPPER
MECHANICAL METER
LINE 1

COIN VALIDATOR
LINE 3

CNB58
CNB82 VIDEO LINUX SERIAL I/O 1 SERIAL I/O 2
CNB17 TP2
+12V TP6 +24V
CNB02
LINE 2

SERIAL LED

MIDDLE 1
USB WINDOWS

CNB62
LAN WINDOWS CNB59B
CNB55 VIDEO 3 DC POW TO BACK PANEL
CNB24

CNB59A
VIC COM POW

CNB61 TEST WINDOWS TP1 GND TP4 GND

CNB63B
CNB05
CNB06

CNB66
CNB63A

CNB74

MIDDLE 2
CNB13

CNB60 VIDEO 4
PRINTER

VIDEO 2
CNB70

LAN1 CCB
CNB65
CNB37

CNB29
CNB35

CNB36

CNB68
EXTEND 2 WINDOWS
COM 1

COM 2

COM 3

TOUCH SCREEN 2
CNB12

CNB69 EBUS 1 CNB09

CNB76 EXTEND 1 WINDOWS

CNB67
CNB72 EBUS 2 ATU (VIC, QLD)
CNB79
TOUCH SCREEN 1
BILL VALIDATOR

CNB14 TEST LINUX

JXU (NSW)

CNB75 EBUS 3

SERIAL REEL
DC POWER
CNB10
VIDEO

CNB21
CNB31 TP5 DROP DOOR CNB78
CNB07 PLAY BUTTON PARALLEL REEL TP3
GND
+5V F1

F2

PCB, KS, MPU

BACKPLANE CONNECTORS

BATTERIES

MMB
CONNECTOR

COMPACT FLASH CARD RECEPTACLE

(ON EACH SIDE OF PCB)

P/N 810057 8-2 © 2009